NPT-1020 Version 4.0
Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual V4.0 Catalog No: X91627 Drawing No: 426006-2346-033-A00 March 2015 1st Edition
ECI's NPT-1200, NPT-1050, NPT-1020, NPT-1021, and NPT-1010 products comply with CE2.0 standard. ECI's NPT-1600 product complies with MEF9 and MEF14 standards.
ECI's qualification lab is accredited by A2LA for competence in electrical testing according to the International Standard ISO IEC 17025-2005 General Requirements for the Competence of Testing and Calibration Laboratories. ECI's management applications run on VMWare virtualization hypervisors.
© Copyright by ECI, 2013-2015. All rights reserved worldwide. This is a legal agreement between you, the end user, and ECI Ltd. (“ECI”). BY OPENING THE DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK PACKAGE, YOU ARE AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, PROMPTLY RETURN THE UNOPENED DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK PACKAGE AND THE ACCOMPANYING ITEMS (INCLUDING WRITTEN MATERIALS AND BINDERS OR OTHER CONTAINERS), TO THE PLACE FROM WHICH YOU OBTAINED THEM. The information contained in the documentation and/or disk is proprietary and is subject to all relevant copyright, patent, and other laws protecting intellectual property, as well as any specific agreement protecting ECI's rights in the aforesaid information. Neither this document nor the information contained in the documentation and/or disk may be published, reproduced, or disclosed to third parties, in whole or in part, without the express prior written permission of ECI. In addition, any use of this document, the documentation and/or the disk, or the information contained therein for any purposes other than those for which it was disclosed, is strictly forbidden. ECI reserves the right, without prior notice or liability, to make changes in equipment design or specifications. Information supplied by ECI is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, no responsibility whatsoever is assumed by ECI for the use thereof, nor for the rights of third parties, which may be affected in any way by the use and/or dissemination thereof. Any representation(s) in the documentation and/or disk concerning performance of ECI product(s) are for informational purposes only and are not warranties of product performance or otherwise, either express or implied. ECI's standard limited warranty, stated in its sales contract or order confirmation form, is the only warranty offered by ECI. The documentation and/or disk is provided “AS IS” and may contain flaws, omissions, or typesetting errors. No warranty is granted nor liability assumed in relation thereto, unless specifically undertaken in ECI's sales contract or order confirmation. Information contained in the documentation and in the disk is periodically updated, and changes will be incorporated in subsequent editions. If you have encountered an error, please notify ECI. All specifications are subject to change without prior notice. The documentation and/or disk and all information contained therein is owned by ECI and is protected by all relevant copyright, patent, and other applicable laws and international treaty provisions. Therefore, you must treat the information contained in the documentation and disk as any other copyrighted material (for example, a book or musical recording). Other Restrictions. You may not rent, lease, sell, or otherwise dispose of the documentation and disk, as applicable. YOU MAY NOT USE, COPY, MODIFY, OR TRANSFER THE DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK OR ANY COPY IN WHOLE OR PART, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS LICENSE. ALL RIGHTS NOT EXPRESSLY GRANTED ARE RESERVED BY ECI. All trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective holders. ECI shall not be liable to you or to any other party for any loss or damage whatsoever or howsoever caused, arising directly or indirectly in connection with this documentation and/or disk, the information contained therein, its use, or otherwise. Notwithstanding the generality of the aforementioned, you expressly waive any claim and/or demand regarding liability for indirect, special, incidental, or consequential loss or damage which may arise in respect of the documentation and/or disk and/or the information contained therein, howsoever caused, even if advised of the possibility of such damages. The end user hereby undertakes and acknowledges that they read the "Before You Start/Safety Guidelines" instructions (when provided by ECI) and that such instructions were understood by them. It is hereby clarified that ECI shall not be liable to you or to any other party for any loss or damage whatsoever or howsoever caused, arising directly or indirectly in connection with you fulfilling and/or failed to fulfill in whole or in part the "Before You Start/Safety Guidelines" instructions. All graphics included in this document are for illustrative purposes only and might not correspond with your specific product version.
Contents 1
2
3
About This Manual ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.1
Intended Audience................................................................................................................. 1-1
1.2
Document Organization ......................................................................................................... 1-1
1.3
Notes and Warnings............................................................................................................... 1-1
1.4
Related Documentation ......................................................................................................... 1-2
1.5
How to Obtain ECI Technical Documentation ....................................................................... 1-2
1.6
Technical Assistance .............................................................................................................. 1-2
Introduction ................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1
NPT-1020 Platform Layout..................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2
EXT-2U Expansion Unit .......................................................................................................... 2-2
Before You Start .......................................................................................... 3-1 3.1
Overview ................................................................................................................................ 3-1 3.1.1
3.2
3.3
Site Preparation ..................................................................................................................... 3-3 3.2.1
Environmental Requirements ................................................................................................. 3-3
3.2.2
Physical Location ..................................................................................................................... 3-3
3.2.3
Power Sources ......................................................................................................................... 3-4
Tools and Test Equipment ..................................................................................................... 3-4 3.3.1
3.4
3.5
3.6
Outline of the Installation Procedure ...................................................................................... 3-1
Cleaning Optical Connectors ................................................................................................... 3-5
Installing the NPT-1020 in Racks ............................................................................................ 3-5 3.4.1
Installation Plan ....................................................................................................................... 3-5
3.4.2
Typical NPT-1020 Installation .................................................................................................. 3-6
3.4.3
Integrating NPT-1020 Platforms and Other Equipment in One Rack ...................................... 3-6
Preparing Cables and Fibers .................................................................................................. 3-7 3.5.1
Grounding Cables .................................................................................................................... 3-8
3.5.2
DC Power Cables ..................................................................................................................... 3-8
3.5.3
Alarm Cables ........................................................................................................................... 3-9
3.5.4
Management Cables ............................................................................................................... 3-9
3.5.5
Timing (Clock) Cables .............................................................................................................. 3-9
3.5.6
TOD/1PPS Cable .................................................................................................................... 3-10
3.5.7
Electric Traffic Cables ............................................................................................................ 3-10
3.5.8
Optical Fibers......................................................................................................................... 3-11
Work and Equipment Safety ................................................................................................ 3-12
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
iii
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
3.7
3.8
4
Contents
3.6.1
Grounding Requirements ...................................................................................................... 3-12
3.6.2
DC Power Supply Requirements ........................................................................................... 3-13
3.6.3
AC Power Supply Requirements ............................................................................................ 3-14
3.6.4
Laser Safety Requirements.................................................................................................... 3-14
Protection against Electrostatic Discharge .......................................................................... 3-17 3.7.1
Personnel Training ................................................................................................................ 3-18
3.7.2
Use of a Temporary EPA ........................................................................................................ 3-18
3.7.3
Work Arrangements within a Temporary EPA ...................................................................... 3-19
Environmental and Health Concerns ................................................................................... 3-20
Installing Equipment ................................................................................... 4-1 4.1
Overview ................................................................................................................................ 4-1
4.2
Preliminary Preparations ....................................................................................................... 4-1
4.3
Installation Sequence............................................................................................................. 4-1
4.4
Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection ........................................................................ 4-3
4.5
Installation Options................................................................................................................ 4-4
4.6
Installing Ancillary Units in Racks........................................................................................... 4-6
4.7
4.8
4.6.1
Installing the RAP-BG .............................................................................................................. 4-6
4.6.2
Installing the RAP-4B ............................................................................................................. 4-12
4.6.3
Installing the FST ................................................................................................................... 4-18
4.6.4
Installing the ODF .................................................................................................................. 4-20
4.6.5
Installing the xDDF-21 Patch Panel ....................................................................................... 4-22
4.6.6
Installing SM_10E/EM_10E ICPs............................................................................................ 4-22
4.6.7
Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT ............................................................................................... 4-23
Installing the NPT-1020 Shelf in the Rack ............................................................................ 4-24 4.7.1
Installing the Rail Stiffeners ................................................................................................... 4-24
4.7.2
Attaching the NPT-1020 Shelf in the Rack............................................................................. 4-25
4.7.3
Grounding the NPT-1020 Shelf.............................................................................................. 4-25
4.7.4
Installing Power Modules in the NPT-1020 ........................................................................... 4-26
4.7.5
Installing Tslot Modules ........................................................................................................ 4-29
4.7.6
Installing SFP Modules .......................................................................................................... 4-30
Installing the EXT-2U Platform in the Rack .......................................................................... 4-31 4.8.1
Installing the H Connector ..................................................................................................... 4-32
4.8.2
Installing the EXT-2U Shelf on the NPT-1020 Shelf ............................................................... 4-32
4.8.3
Disassembling the EXT-2U from the NPT-1020 ..................................................................... 4-34
4.8.4
Attaching the EXT-2U Shelf to the Rack ................................................................................ 4-35
4.8.5
Identifying Slots in the EXT-2U .............................................................................................. 4-36
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
iv
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
4.9
5
Contents
4.8.6
Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U..................................................................................... 4-37
4.8.7
Installing Extension Cards in the EXT-2U ............................................................................... 4-37
4.8.8
Installing a Power Module in the EXT-2U .............................................................................. 4-39
4.8.9
Installing Traffic Modules in the SM_10E/EM_10E ............................................................... 4-39
Connecting Fibers and Cables to the NPT-1020 Shelf.......................................................... 4-41 4.9.1
Connecting Power Cables to a DC Power Source .................................................................. 4-41
4.9.2
Connecting an AC Power Cable to the NPT-1020 .................................................................. 4-42
4.9.3
Connecting Optical Fibers to Optical Modules ...................................................................... 4-42
4.9.4
Routing and Connecting Electrical Interface Cables to the NPT-1020 .................................. 4-43
4.9.5
Routing and Connecting Data Interface Cables to Ethernet Interfaces ................................ 4-48
4.9.6
Routing and Connecting Electrical Cables for PCM Interfaces .............................................. 4-49
4.9.7
Connecting the Timing (Clock) Cable .................................................................................... 4-52
4.9.8
Connecting the TOD/1PPS Timing Cable ............................................................................... 4-52
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations ......................................................... 5-1 5.1
Overview ................................................................................................................................ 5-1
5.2
Wall-Mounted Cabinet .......................................................................................................... 5-1
5.3
Installing the NPT-1020 in a Wall-Mounted Cabinet ............................................................. 5-2
5.4
Installing the Interior Components ........................................................................................ 5-2
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.4.1
Preparing the Rear Panel Holes............................................................................................... 5-3
5.4.2
Installing the Rear Panel .......................................................................................................... 5-5
5.4.3
Attaching the Support Rails ..................................................................................................... 5-6
5.4.4
Installing the 19" Vertical Extrusions ...................................................................................... 5-6
5.4.5
Installing the C-Rail .................................................................................................................. 5-7
Installing Cabling Accessories ................................................................................................ 5-7 5.5.1
Installing Cable Guides ............................................................................................................ 5-8
5.5.2
Attaching Cable Clamping Bars ............................................................................................. 5-10
5.5.3
Attaching the Fiber Guide Tube ............................................................................................ 5-10
5.5.4
Installing Grounding Cables................................................................................................... 5-10
DDF 21 E1s Unit ................................................................................................................... 5-11 5.6.1
Assembling the DDF .............................................................................................................. 5-11
5.6.2
Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF ........................................................................................... 5-13
Installing the NPT-1020 and Three DDFs ............................................................................. 5-14 5.7.1
Installing Clip Nuts for the NPT and DDFs ............................................................................. 5-15
5.7.2
Installing the NPT-1020 Platform .......................................................................................... 5-16
5.7.3
Installing the DDFs................................................................................................................. 5-16
Installing the NPT-1020, Two DDFs, and an AC CONV Unit ................................................. 5-16
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
v
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Contents
5.8.1
Installing Clip Nuts for the NPT-1020, DDFs, and AC CONV Unit .......................................... 5-17
5.8.2
Installing the NPT-1020 Platform .......................................................................................... 5-18
5.8.3
Installing DDFs ....................................................................................................................... 5-18
5.8.4
Installing the AC CONV Unit .................................................................................................. 5-18
5.9
Connecting Cabinet Grounding............................................................................................ 5-18
5.10
Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in the Cabinet .................................................. 5-19 5.10.1 Connecting Power Cables ...................................................................................................... 5-20 5.10.2 Connecting Alarm Cables ...................................................................................................... 5-22 5.10.3 Connecting Optical Fibers ..................................................................................................... 5-23 5.10.4 Routing and Connecting Electrical Traffic Cables .................................................................. 5-23 5.10.5 Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables ................................................................................ 5-24 5.10.6 Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables ......................................................................................... 5-25 5.10.7 Connecting Management Cables .......................................................................................... 5-25
5.11
Connecting Fibers and Cables to the NPT-1020 in Wall-Mounted Cabinet......................... 5-25
5.12
Installing the Wall-Mounted Cabinet Covers and Door ....................................................... 5-26 5.12.1 Installing the Top and Bottom Covers ................................................................................... 5-26 5.12.2 Installing the Side Covers ...................................................................................................... 5-27 5.12.3 Installing the Front Door ....................................................................................................... 5-28
5.13
Wall-Mounted Frame........................................................................................................... 5-29
5.14
Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame ..................................................................................... 5-29 5.14.1 Installing Cable Supports ....................................................................................................... 5-29 5.14.2 Attaching the Fiber Guide Tube ............................................................................................ 5-31 5.14.3 Preparing Installation Holes .................................................................................................. 5-31 5.14.4 Attaching the Wall-Mounted Frame ..................................................................................... 5-32
5.15
Installing the NPT-1020 and Accessories in the Wall-Mounted Frame ............................... 5-32 5.15.1 Installing the NPT-1020 and Three DDFs (Option 1) ............................................................. 5-33 5.15.2 Installing the NPT-1020, a DDF, and a RAP-BG (Option 2) .................................................... 5-34 5.15.3 Installing the NPT-1020, a DDF, and an AC/DC CONV (Option 4).......................................... 5-34 5.15.4 Installing the NPT-1020 and a DDF (Option 5) ...................................................................... 5-35
5.16
Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame Front Cover ................................................................. 5-35 5.16.1 Installing the Cover Holders .................................................................................................. 5-36 5.16.2 Attaching the Transparent Protection Cover ........................................................................ 5-37
5.17
Connecting Wall-Mounted Frame Grounding ..................................................................... 5-37
5.18
Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in the Frame .................................................... 5-38 5.18.1 Connecting Power Cables ...................................................................................................... 5-39 5.18.2 Connecting Alarm Cables ...................................................................................................... 5-40 5.18.3 Connecting Optical Fibers ..................................................................................................... 5-40
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
vi
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Contents
5.18.4 Routing and Connecting Electrical Traffic Cables .................................................................. 5-41 5.18.5 Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables ................................................................................ 5-41 5.18.6 Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables ......................................................................................... 5-42 5.18.7 Connecting Management Cables .......................................................................................... 5-42
6
Commissioning Tests ................................................................................... 6-1 6.1
Test Equipment ...................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.2
Site Commissioning Tests ...................................................................................................... 6-1
6.3
6.2.1
Checking Cards and Modules Installed in Each Shelf .............................................................. 6-1
6.2.2
Visual Inspection and Mechanical Checks ............................................................................... 6-2
6.2.3
Measuring Optical Levels ........................................................................................................ 6-3
6.2.4
Platform Power-On Test Procedure ........................................................................................ 6-4
SDH Commissioning Tests ...................................................................................................... 6-4 6.3.1
Test Equipment Setup ............................................................................................................. 6-4
6.3.2
Network Timing Synchronization Test .................................................................................... 6-5
6.3.3
Loss of Signal (LOS) Detection Test ......................................................................................... 6-6
6.3.4
Input Sensitivity Test ............................................................................................................... 6-6
6.3.5
Equipment Power-On Test ...................................................................................................... 6-6
6.3.6
Traffic Stability Test ................................................................................................................. 6-7
6.3.7
Path Protection and Nonretrieval Test.................................................................................... 6-7
6.3.8
Severity Assignment Test ........................................................................................................ 6-8
6.3.9
Transmission Alarm-Handling Test .......................................................................................... 6-8
6.3.10 Maintenance Action Test ........................................................................................................ 6-9
6.4
7
Data Network Commissioning Tests ...................................................................................... 6-9 6.4.1
Throughput and Latency Tests ................................................................................................ 6-9
6.4.2
System Recovery and Reset Tests ......................................................................................... 6-10
6.4.3
Frame Loss Rate Test ............................................................................................................. 6-10
6.4.4
Stability Test .......................................................................................................................... 6-11
6.4.5
Alarm-Handling Test .............................................................................................................. 6-11
Maintenance ............................................................................................... 7-1 7.1
Overview ................................................................................................................................ 7-1
7.2
Test Equipment, Tools, and Materials ................................................................................... 7-1
7.3
Preventive Maintenance ........................................................................................................ 7-1
7.4
Onsite Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................... 7-2
7.5
7.4.1
Troubleshooting Power Problems ........................................................................................... 7-3
7.4.2
Troubleshooting Using Component Indicators ....................................................................... 7-4
Replacing Cards and Modules .............................................................................................. 7-14
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
vii
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
8
Contents
7.5.1
Safety and Workmanship ...................................................................................................... 7-14
7.5.2
Replacing Tslot Cards ............................................................................................................ 7-15
7.5.3
Replacing Eslot Cards ............................................................................................................ 7-16
7.5.4
Replacing Traffic Modules on the SM_10E/EM_10E ............................................................. 7-16
7.5.5
Replacing ICPs for the SM_10E/EM_10E ............................................................................... 7-17
7.5.6
Replacing Power Modules ..................................................................................................... 7-17
7.5.7
Replacing SFP/CSFP/SFP+ Transceivers ................................................................................. 7-18
Connection Data.......................................................................................... 8-1 8.1
Overview ................................................................................................................................ 8-1
8.2
INF-B1U/INF-B1U-D/INF-E2U DC Input Power Connectors ................................................... 8-1
8.3
AC_PS-B1U/AC_PS-E2U AC Input Power Connectors ............................................................ 8-1
8.4
T3/T4 Timing Connector ........................................................................................................ 8-2
8.5
1PPS/ToD Timing Connector .................................................................................................. 8-3
8.6
Alarms Connector .................................................................................................................. 8-3
8.7
E1 Connectors on the PME1_21 and MSE1_16 ................................................................... 8-10
8.8
Ethernet Interface Connectors ............................................................................................ 8-14
8.9
PM345_3 Card Connection Data ......................................................................................... 8-15
8.10
P345_3E Card Connection Data ........................................................................................... 8-15
8.11
PE1_63 Card Connection Data ............................................................................................. 8-15
8.12
SM_10E/EM_10E Card Connection Data ............................................................................. 8-21 8.12.1 Connection Data for SM_FXO_8E and SM_FXS_8E Interfaces .............................................. 8-21 8.12.2 Connection Data for SM_EM_24W6E Interfaces .................................................................. 8-22 8.12.3 Connection Data for SM_V24E Interfaces ............................................................................. 8-24 8.12.4 Connection Data for SM_V35_V11 Interfaces ...................................................................... 8-27 8.12.5 Connection Data for SM_CODIR_4E Interfaces ..................................................................... 8-29 8.12.6 Connection Data for SM_OMNI_E Interfaces ....................................................................... 8-30
8.13
ICP_VF Connection Data ...................................................................................................... 8-32
8.14
ICP_V24 Connection Data .................................................................................................... 8-33
8.15
ICP_V35 Connection Data .................................................................................................... 8-35
8.16
ICP_V11_V24 Connection Data............................................................................................ 8-36
8.17
ICP_DB37D Connection Data ............................................................................................... 8-38
8.18
RAP-4B Connectors .............................................................................................................. 8-42 8.18.1 SHELF ALARM Connectors ..................................................................................................... 8-42 8.18.2 ALARM IN/OUT Connector .................................................................................................... 8-43
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
viii
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
9
Contents
Rack Installation .......................................................................................... 9-1 9.1
9.2
Installing Equipment Racks .................................................................................................... 9-1 9.1.1
Marking Rack Floor.................................................................................................................. 9-1
9.1.2
Installing the Rack on Concrete Floors .................................................................................... 9-2
9.1.3
Installing the Rack on Wooden Floors ..................................................................................... 9-2
9.1.4
Installing the Rack on Floating (Suspended) Floors................................................................. 9-4
9.1.5
Installing the Rack on Suspended Overhead Trays ................................................................. 9-5
9.1.6
Installing Extendable Rails ....................................................................................................... 9-5
9.1.7
Grounding the Rack ................................................................................................................. 9-5
Installing 19" Racks ................................................................................................................ 9-6
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
ix
List of Figures
Figure 2-1: NPT-1020 platform ....................................................................................................................... 2-1 Figure 2-2: NPT-1020 platform with expansion unit ...................................................................................... 2-2 Figure 2-3: EXT-2U platform ........................................................................................................................... 2-2 Figure 2-4: EXT-2U slot layout ........................................................................................................................ 2-3 Figure 3-1: Typical installation of four NPT-1020 platforms in an ETS ........................................................... 3-7 Figure 3-2: Laser warning label..................................................................................................................... 3-15 Figure 3-3: Basic ESD warning symbol .......................................................................................................... 3-17 Figure 3-4: Pollution control logos ............................................................................................................... 3-21 Figure 3-5: WEEE recycling symbol............................................................................................................... 3-21 Figure 4-1: Typical installation in of a single NPT-1020 in an 2200 ETSI rack................................................. 4-2 Figure 4-2: Typical installation of four NPT-1020 platforms in an ETSI 2200 rack ......................................... 4-5 Figure 4-3: Location of RAP-BG grounding stud ............................................................................................. 4-8 Figure 4-4: Identification of RAP-BG cable routes .......................................................................................... 4-8 Figure 4-5: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-BG................................................................................ 4-9 Figure 4-6: RAP-BG platform power cable grounding screws ...................................................................... 4-10 Figure 4-7: RAP-BG front cover removal ...................................................................................................... 4-10 Figure 4-8: RAP-BG circuit breaker installation ............................................................................................ 4-11 Figure 4-9: Platform DC input power connector pin functions .................................................................... 4-11 Figure 4-10: Locating RAP-4B grounding stud .............................................................................................. 4-13 Figure 4-11: RAP-4B with grounding cable ................................................................................................... 4-14 Figure 4-12: Identifying RAP-4B cable routes ............................................................................................... 4-14 Figure 4-13: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-4B ............................................................................ 4-15 Figure 4-14: RAP-4B platform power cable grounding screws..................................................................... 4-16 Figure 4-15: RAP-4B front cover removal ..................................................................................................... 4-17 Figure 4-16: RAP-4B circuit breaker installation........................................................................................... 4-17 Figure 4-17: Platform DC input power connector pin functions .................................................................. 4-18 Figure 4-18: Threading optical fibers in the FST ........................................................................................... 4-19 Figure 4-19: Attaching rack mounting brackets to the ODF ......................................................................... 4-20 Figure 4-20: ODF front panel ........................................................................................................................ 4-20 Figure 4-21: ODF open view ......................................................................................................................... 4-21 Figure 4-22: ODF fiber routes ....................................................................................................................... 4-21 Figure 4-23: Installing SM_10E/EM_10E ICPs in the rack............................................................................. 4-23 Figure 4-24: Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT in the rack ................................................................................ 4-24 Figure 4-25: Installing an INF-B1U in the NPT-1020 ..................................................................................... 4-26 Figure 4-26: Installing an INF-B1U-24V in the NPT-1020 ............................................................................. 4-27 Figure 4-27: Installing an INF-B1U-D in the NPT-1020 ................................................................................. 4-28 Figure 4-28: Installing an AC_PS-B1U in the NPT-1020 ................................................................................ 4-29 Figure 4-29: Installing Tslot modules in the NPT-1020................................................................................. 4-30 Figure 4-30: Installing an SFP in the NPT-1020............................................................................................. 4-31 Figure 4-31: Installing the H connector in the NPT-1020 ............................................................................. 4-32 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
x
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
List of Figures
Figure 4-32: Removing the EXT-2U from the NPT-1020 ............................................................................... 4-34 Figure 4-33: Inserting the thin flat-head tool ............................................................................................... 4-34 Figure 4-34: Raising the rivet cap ................................................................................................................. 4-35 Figure 4-35: Removing the rivet ................................................................................................................... 4-35 Figure 4-36: EXT-2U regular slots layout ...................................................................................................... 4-36 Figure 4-37: EXT-2U slot layout with extended ES 3# .................................................................................. 4-36 Figure 4-38: Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U ....................................................................................... 4-37 Figure 4-39: Installing an extension card in the EXT-2U ............................................................................... 4-38 Figure 4-40: Installing a power module in the EXT-2U ................................................................................. 4-39 Figure 4-41: Installing traffic module in the SM_10E/EM_10E .................................................................... 4-40 Figure 4-42: PME1_63 traffic cable .............................................................................................................. 4-45 Figure 4-43: PME1_63 traffic cable installation ........................................................................................... 4-47 Figure 5-1: Wall-mounted cabinet general view ............................................................................................ 5-1 Figure 5-2: Wall-mounted cabinet interior components ............................................................................... 5-3 Figure 5-3: Preparing the rear panel holes ..................................................................................................... 5-4 Figure 5-4: Tools required for cabinet installation ......................................................................................... 5-4 Figure 5-5: Installing the rear panel ............................................................................................................... 5-5 Figure 5-6: Installing the support rails ............................................................................................................ 5-6 Figure 5-7: Installing the 19" vertical extrusions ............................................................................................ 5-6 Figure 5-8: Installing the C-rail ....................................................................................................................... 5-7 Figure 5-9: Cabling accessories installed in the cabinet ................................................................................. 5-8 Figure 5-10: Cabling accessories..................................................................................................................... 5-9 Figure 5-11: DDF general view...................................................................................................................... 5-11 Figure 5-12: Installing the brackets for ETSI installation .............................................................................. 5-12 Figure 5-13: Attaching the connection blocks .............................................................................................. 5-13 Figure 5-14: Installing an NPT-1020 platform and three DDFs..................................................................... 5-14 Figure 5-15: Clip nuts distance in mm (NPT-1020 and three DDFs) ............................................................. 5-15 Figure 5-16: Clip nuts distance in mm (NPT-1020, two DDFs, AC CONV unit) ............................................. 5-17 Figure 5-17: Wall-mounted cabinet cabling ................................................................................................. 5-20 Figure 5-18: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing front view .................................................................... 5-21 Figure 5-19: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing left side view ............................................................... 5-22 Figure 5-20: Installing top and bottom covers ............................................................................................. 5-26 Figure 5-21: Connecting grounding cables ................................................................................................... 5-27 Figure 5-22: Installing side covers ................................................................................................................ 5-27 Figure 5-23: Connecting grounding cables ................................................................................................... 5-28 Figure 5-24: Installing the front door ........................................................................................................... 5-28 Figure 5-25: Connecting the door grounding cable...................................................................................... 5-29 Figure 5-26: Wall-mounted frame installation ............................................................................................. 5-30 Figure 5-27: Attaching the fiber guide tube ................................................................................................. 5-31 Figure 5-28: Installing a NPT-1020 and three DDFs...................................................................................... 5-33 Figure 5-29: Installing the front cover .......................................................................................................... 5-36
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
xi
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
List of Figures
Figure 5-30: Routing and connecting cables and fibers in the wall-mounted frame ................................... 5-38 Figure 5-31: Wall-mounted frame cable routing - left side view ................................................................. 5-39 Figure 7-1: Inserting an SFP/CSFP/SFP+ transceiver into a module ............................................................. 7-18 Figure 8-1: POWER IN input power connector, pin functions ........................................................................ 8-1 Figure 8-2: AC input power connector ........................................................................................................... 8-1 Figure 8-3: T3/T4 connector, pin identification.............................................................................................. 8-2 Figure 8-4: 1PPS/ToD connector, pin identification ....................................................................................... 8-3 Figure 8-5: Alarms connector, pin identification ............................................................................................ 8-4 Figure 8-6: E1 connectors for PME1_21, pin identification.......................................................................... 8-11 Figure 8-7: Ethernet connector, pin identification ....................................................................................... 8-14 Figure 8-8: Typical E1 connector for PE1_63, pin identification .................................................................. 8-15 Figure 8-9: SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connector, pin identification ................................................. 8-21 Figure 8-10: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification .................................................................... 8-33 Figure 8-11: 9-pin D-type male connector, pin identification ...................................................................... 8-34 Figure 8-12: M34 female connector, pin identification ............................................................................... 8-35 Figure 8-13: 15-pin D-type female connector, pin identification ................................................................. 8-36 Figure 8-14: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification .................................................................... 8-37 Figure 8-15: 37-pin D-type female connector, pin identification ................................................................. 8-38 Figure 8-16: RAP-4B SHELF ALARM connector, pin identification................................................................ 8-42 Figure 8-17: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin identification ............................................................. 8-44 Figure 9-1: Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks................................................................................................ 9-3 Figure 9-2: Mounting diagrams for 19" and 23" racks ................................................................................... 9-4 Figure 9-3: Rack mounting diagram for attachment to suspended overhead tray (2200 mm rack).............................................................................................................................................. 9-5 Figure 9-4: Example of an approved European 19” rack ................................................................................ 9-6 List of Tables Table 3-1: Typical NPT-1020 equipment installation sequence ..................................................................... 3-1 Table 3-2: Environmental requirements ........................................................................................................ 3-3 Table 3-3: Equipment dimensions .................................................................................................................. 3-4 Table 3-4: Recommended coaxial cable assembly tools ................................................................................ 3-4 Table 3-5: Traffic cables mating connector data for NPT-1020.................................................................... 3-10 Table 3-6: Traffic cables mating connector data for EXT-2U ........................................................................ 3-11 Table 3-7: Optical fibers and mating connector data for NPT-1020 ............................................................ 3-11 Table 3-8: Optical fibers and mating connector data for EXT-2U ................................................................ 3-12 Table 3-9: NPT-1020 and EXT-2U circuit breaker data ................................................................................. 3-14 Table 3-10: NPT-1020 and EXT-2U recommended circuit breakers ............................................................. 3-14 Table 3-11: LC transceivers laser information STM-4 SFP ............................................................................ 3-16 Table 3-12: LC transceivers laser information STM-1/100BaseFX SFP ......................................................... 3-16 Table 3-13: LC transceivers laser information GbE SFP (OTGBE) ................................................................. 3-17 Table 4-1: Outline of typical NPT-1020 equipment installation sequence..................................................... 4-3 Table 4-2: EXT-2U modules .......................................................................................................................... 4-36
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
xii
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
List of Figures
Table 6-1: Card and module inventory ........................................................................................................... 6-2 Table 6-2: Visual inspection and mechanical checks ...................................................................................... 6-2 Table 6-3: Measured optical levels ................................................................................................................. 6-3 Table 6-4: 2 Mbps tests .................................................................................................................................. 6-4 Table 6-5: 34 Mbps tests ................................................................................................................................ 6-4 Table 6-6: 45 Mbps tests ................................................................................................................................ 6-5 Table 6-7: SDH tests........................................................................................................................................ 6-5 Table 6-8: Traffic stability test time intervals ................................................................................................. 6-7 Table 6-9: Throughput and latency test results ........................................................................................... 6-10 Table 6-10: Frame loss rate test results ....................................................................................................... 6-11 Table 7-1: Preventive maintenance inspection and checks ........................................................................... 7-1 Table 7-2: Troubleshooting power problems ................................................................................................. 7-3 Table 7-3: General troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1020 power-on ..................................................... 7-5 Table 7-4: General troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1020...................................................................... 7-8 Table 7-5: General troubleshooting procedures for optical transceiver plug-ins .......................................... 7-9 Table 7-6: Troubleshooting procedures for PME1_21/PME1_63/DMCES1_4/MSE1_16 cards................... 7-11 Table 7-7: Troubleshooting procedures for SMD1B/SMS4 cards................................................................. 7-12 Table 7-8: General troubleshooting procedures for extended cards PE1_63/P345_3E/ SM_10E/EM_10E/S1_4/P345_3E/DMCE1_32 ........................................................................... 7-12 Table 7-9: Special troubleshooting procedures for P345_3E cards ............................................................. 7-13 Table 7-10: General troubleshooting procedures for daughterboards on SM_10E/EM_10E cards ............ 7-14 Table 8-1: T3/T4 connector, PIN identification .............................................................................................. 8-2 Table 8-2: 1PPD/ToD connector, PIN identification ....................................................................................... 8-3 Table 8-3: Alarms connector, pin assignment ................................................................................................ 8-4 Table 8-4: PME1_21 and MSE1_16 connector, pin assignment................................................................... 8-11 Table 8-5: Ethernet connector, pin assignment ........................................................................................... 8-14 Table 8-6: PE1_63 typical E1 connector (P2), pin assignment ..................................................................... 8-15 Table 8-7: PE1_63 typical connector (P1), pin assignment .......................................................................... 8-18 Table 8-8: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_FXO_8 and SM_FXS_8 connector, pin assignment.................................. 8-21 Table 8-9: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_EM_24W6E connector, pin assignment .................................................. 8-22 Table 8-10: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 8 x V.24 transparent without controls mode .............................................................................................................. 8-24 Table 8-11: SM_V24E connector, pin assignment ........................................................................................ 8-25 Table 8-12: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 2 x V.24 synchronous with controls mode .................................................................................................................... 8-26 Table 8-13: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V35_V11 connector, pin assignment .................................................... 8-27 Table 8-14: SM_V35_V11 pin assignment per interface type ...................................................................... 8-28 Table 8-15: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_CODIR_4E connector, pin assignment ................................................... 8-29 Table 8-16: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_OMNI_E connector, pin assignment ..................................................... 8-30 Table 8-17: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_FXS_8E or SM_FXO_8E ................... 8-32 Table 8-18: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_EM_24W6E ..................................... 8-32 Table 8-19: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_CODIR_4E ........................................ 8-33 ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
xiii
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
List of Figures
Table 8-20: ICP_V24 synchronous V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment ..................................... 8-33 Table 8-21: ICP_V24 asynchronous V.24 9-pin D-type connector, pin assignment ..................................... 8-34 Table 8-22: ICP_V24 transparent V.24 9-pin D-type connector, pin assignment......................................... 8-35 Table 8-23: ICP_V35 M34 female connector, pin assignment ..................................................................... 8-35 Table 8-24: ICP_V11_V24 15-pin D-type connector, pin assignment .......................................................... 8-36 Table 8-25: ICP_V11_V24 V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment .................................................. 8-37 Table 8-26: ICP_DB37D 37 pin D-type connector, pin assignment .............................................................. 8-38 Table 8-27: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-449 pin assignment .................................................. 8-39 Table 8-28: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-422 pin assignment .................................................. 8-40 Table 8-29: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.36 pin assignment ...................................................... 8-40 Table 8-30: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.35 pin assignment ...................................................... 8-40 Table 8-31: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.11/X.24 pin assignment ............................................. 8-41 Table 8-32: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, synchronous V.24 pin assignment ................................ 8-41 Table 8-33: RAP-4B PLATFORM ALARM connector, pin assignment............................................................ 8-42 Table 8-34: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin assignment ................................................................. 8-44
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
xiv
1
About This Manual
The NPT-1020 Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual (IOMM) describes how to install NPT-1020 platforms and how to install and replace hardware components, including cards, modules, and accessories.
1.1
Intended Audience
The NPT-1020 IMM is intended for installation and other qualified service personnel responsible for installing the platform and its accessories.
1.2
Document Organization
This manual contains the following information:
Installation
Operation
Maintenance
Additional functionality
1.3
Notes and Warnings
When applicable, this guide uses the following notes and warnings:
NOTE:
clarifying information, specific instructions, commentary, sidelights, or interesting points of information.
CAUTION:
failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or loss of information.
WARNING: failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life.
LASER WARNING:
how to avoid personal injury. All personnel involved in equipment installation, operation, and maintenance must be aware that laser radiation is invisible. Therefore, although protective devices generally prevent direct exposure to the beam, personnel must strictly observe the applicable safety precautions and, in particular, must avoid staring into optical connectors, either directly or using optical instruments.
ESD: information on how to avoid discharge of static electricity and subsequent damage to the unit.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
1-1
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
About This Manual
TIP: helpful information and handy hints that can make your task easier.
IMPORTANT: essential information to which you must pay attention.
1.4
Related Documentation
The following publications may be of assistance to you in the installation and commissioning processes. Some of these documents present information supplied in this Installation Manual in greater or lesser detail.
NPT Product Line General Description
NPT Product Line System Specifications
NPT Product Line Reference Manual
EMS-APT User Manual
LCT-APT User Manual
LightSoft® Network Management System User Manual
IEC Publication 825 - Laser Safety Requirements
1.5
How to Obtain ECI Technical Documentation
To obtain technical documentation related to any ECI product, contact: ECI Telecom Ltd. ECI Documentation Group 30 Hasivim St. Petach Tikva 4959388 – Israel Fax: +972-3-9268060 Email:
[email protected]
1.6
Technical Assistance
The configuration, installation, and operation of NPT series and its operation in a network are highly specialized processes. Due to the different nature of each installation, some planning aspects might not be covered in this manual. If you have questions or concerns about your network design or if you require installation personnel to perform the actual installation process, ECI maintains a staff of design engineers and highly trained field service personnel. The services of this group are available to customers at any time. ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
1-2
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
About This Manual
To obtain design assistance or a network installation plan from ECI's Customer Support team, contact your ECI sales representative. With any support related issues, technical or logistic, please contact the ECI Customer Support center at your location. If you are not familiar with that location, or contact our Customer Support Center action line at: Telephone
+972-3-9266000
Telefax
+972-3-9266370
Email
[email protected]
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
1-3
2
Introduction
2.1
NPT-1020 Platform Layout
The NPT-1020 is a packet transport platform for the access, offering an All-Native solution that optimizes both TDM and packet handling. The NPT-1020 is a cost-effective choice for the first aggregation stage, geared for cellular tail locations (3G and LTE), providing a unique hybrid solution for high capacity access rings, and optimized for popular triple play applications. As Packet Optical Access (POA) platform with enhanced MPLS-TP support, the NPT-1020 is designed around a centralized hybrid matrix card that supports any-to-any direct data card connectivity as well as native TDM switching capacity. The NPT-1020 offers a packet switching capacity of up to 10 Gbps or 60 Gbps (with a choice of two modes on the same unit) as well as a TDM capacity of up to 2.5G (16 x VC4 fully low order traffic). The platform offers non-traffic-affecting upgrades from 1G-based configurations to 10GE-based (with up to 4 x 10GE interfaces) through the CPS50 card, a central packet switch (CPS) Tslot card for the NPT-1020. This card provides scalable upgrade with high capacity 10GE configuration to the NPT-1020. The CPS50 makes it possible to upgrade the system packet switching capacity to 60 Gbps, supporting up to 2 × 10GE (SFP+) and 2 flexible SFP houses (each can support 1 × 10GE with SFP+, or 1 × GE with SFP, or 2 × GE with CSFP). The NPT-1020 offers enhanced MPLS-TP data network functionality, including the complete range of Ethernet-based services (CES, EoS, MoT, MoE, and PoE+) (see MPLS-TP and Ethernet Solutions). The NPT-1020 is a compact (1U) base platform housed in a 243 mm deep, 465 mm wide, and 44 mm high equipment cage with all interfaces accessible from the front of the unit. The platform includes the following components:
Traffic processing modules:
21 built-in native E1s
14 ports, divided between:
2 x STM1/STM4 ports (native)
4 x 10/100/1000BaseT electrical ports (PoE+)
4 x 10/100/1000BaseT electrical ports
4 100/1000 FX/GE optical ports
1 traffic card slot (Tslot)
Compact flash card (NVM)
Traffic connector to the (optional) EXT-2U expansion unit
Timing module (T3/T4, ToD and 1pps)
Redundant or non-redundant power supply modules (INF) Figure 2-1: NPT-1020 platform
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
2-1
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Introduction
The NPT-1020 can be fed by 24 VDC, -48 VDC, or 94-240 VAC. In DC power feeding, two INF modules can be configured in two power supply module slots for redundant power supply, or one double slot INF module with dual-feeding can be configured. AC power feeding requires the use of a conversion module to implement AC/DC conversion. The NPT-1020 can be installed in 2,200 mm or 2,600 mm ETSI racks or in 19” racks. The rugged platform design also makes this platform suitable for street cabinet use, withstanding temperatures up to 70°C. The NPT-1020 can also be configured as an expanded platform, when combined with the EXT-2U expansion unit, as illustrated in the following figure. Figure 2-2: NPT-1020 platform with expansion unit
Typical power consumption for the NPT-1020 is 50 W. Power consumption is monitored through the management software. For more information about power consumption requirements, see the NPT Installation and Maintenance Manual and the NPT System Specifications.
2.2
EXT-2U Expansion Unit
The EXT-2U platform is a high density modular expansion unit for the NPT's multiservice metro access platform series. It supports the complete range of native and hybrid PCM, TDM, PDH, SDH, and Ethernet interfaces. All traffic processing, cross-connect, packet switching, timing and synchronization, control and communication and main power supply functions are performed by the corresponding system in the base unit on which expansion unit is installed. Integrating this add-on platform into your network configuration is not traffic-affecting.
NOTE: The EXT-2U expansion unit can be combined with the NPT-1020, NPT-1021, NPT-1050, NPT-1200, and NPT-1800 platforms. For easier reading, the slot layout is not repeated in the sections describing each of those platforms. The reader is simply referred back to this slot layout description. Figure 2-3: EXT-2U platform
The EXT-2U expansion unit is housed in a 243 mm deep, 465 mm wide, and 88 mm high equipment cage with all interfaces accessible from the front of the unit. Expansion units include their own independent power supply and fan unit, for additional reliability and security. The platform includes the following components:
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
2-2
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Introduction
Three multipurpose slots (ES1 to ES3) for any combination of extractable traffic cards. PCM, TDM, ADM, Ethernet, and CES traffic are all handled through cards in these traffic slots. All interfaces are configured through convenient SFP modules, supporting up to 2.5G or 2GbE traffic per slot. Each slot in the EXT-2U has a TDM capacity of up to 16 x VC-4s; the total capacity of the EXT-2U is 48 x VC-4s.
Two slots for INF power supply units. There are two units for system redundancy. Note that INF modules are extractable in the EXT-2U.
One FCU fan unit consisting of multiple separate fans to support cooling system redundancy.
The following figure depicts the EXT-2U platform layout. Figure 2-4: EXT-2U slot layout
Typical power consumption for the EXT-2U is less than 150 W. Power consumption is monitored through the management software. For more information about power consumption requirements, see the NPT Installation and Maintenance Manual and the NPT System Specifications.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
2-3
3
Before You Start
3.1
Overview
This chapter contains important information that will help you carry out a safe and trouble-free installation.
3.1.1 Outline of the Installation Procedure The main steps involved in the installation of NPT-1020 equipment are described in the following table. Consult your site installation plans for specific details. Table 3-1: Typical NPT-1020 equipment installation sequence No. Task
Reference
1
Prepare the installation site and check the physical location, environmental compliance, and availability of power sources.
Before You Start
2
Prepare power, alarm, management, and transmission cables at the installation site.
Before You Start and Equipment Installation
3
Route the required power, alarm, management, and transmission cables to the intended NPT-1020 equipment location.
Equipment Installation
4
If required, install the equipment racks.
Equipment Installation
5
Mark the location of each NPT-1020 shelf, EXT-2U shelf, and relevant Equipment Installation accessories (Fiber Storage Tray (FST), Optical Distribution Frame (ODF), PCM Interconnection Panels (ICPs), and Digital Distribution Frame (DDF) on each rack, in accordance with the site installation plan. Notes: For each NPT-1020, it is recommended that you leave at least 4 U of space above the NPT-1020 shelf to enable future installation of the EXT-2U shelf. The NPT-1020 can only support balanced E1 interfaces directly. For unbalanced E1s, the xDDF-21 patch panel must be configured, which provides conversion between balanced and unbalanced E1s for 21 x E1. When PCM interfaces are provided by the SM_10E/EM_10E, the corresponding ICPs can be installed in order to simplify installation and connection to customer termination equipment.
6
When applicable, install the EMS-APT management station.
EMS-APT Installation Manual
7
Install the Rack Alarm Panel (RAP) and other equipment needed in each rack.
Installing the RAP-BG, or Installing the RAP-4B
8
Install the NPT-1020 shelves in the appropriate rack.
Installing the NPT-1020 Shelf in the Rack
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-1
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
No. Task 9
Before You Start
Reference
For each NPT-1020 shelf where optical modules are used, install an FST Installing the FST under the NPT-1020 shelf and route the optical fibers to the FST.
NOTE: Even if you are not currently installing an FST, it is
recommended that you leave enough space beneath the NPT-1020 shelf to enable future installation. 10
Install the prescribed power-feeding module in the NPT-1020 shelf.
Installing Power Modules in the NPT-1020
11
Install the prescribed Tslot module in the NPT-1020 shelf, where relevant.
Installing Tslot Modules
12
Install the SFP modules.
Installing SFP Modules
13
When applicable, install the EXT-2U and relevant accessories, including: The EXT-2U shelf on the NPT-1020 The prescribed power-feeding module in the EXT-2U shelf The prescribed extension cards in the EXT-2U shelf The xDDF-21 units for PE1_63, if needed ICPs for the SM_10E/EM_10E, if needed
Installing the EXT-2U Platform in the Rack
14
Equipment Installation Depending on the modules or cards in your NPT-1020 shelf: Route the PDH electrical cables from the DDF to the E1 interfaces on the NPT-1020, PME1_21, PME1_63, and PE1_63 front panel, the E3/DS-3 interfaces on the PM345_3 and P345_3E front panel, and STM-1e interfaces on the STM-1 electrical SFPs. Route the data cables to the FE interfaces on the NPT-1020 and DHGE_4E front panel. If ICPs are installed, route the special cables to connect ICPs and their relevant SM_10E/EM_10E modules, and route the voice and data cables from the VDF to the interfaces on the ICP panel. If ICPs are not installed, route the voice and data cables from the VDF to the interfaces on the front panel of the SM_10E/EM_10E module. Note: The DDF can be installed on the same rack as the NPT-1020 shelf, or on a different rack.
15
Connect management cables between the equipment installed in the rack and the management station.
16
Connect power cables from the RAP panel to each NPT-1020 and Equipment Installation EXT-2U installed in the rack. Connect alarm monitoring cables from the RAP panels to each NPT-1020 installed in the rack.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Equipment Installation
3-2
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
3.2
Before You Start
Site Preparation
Perform a preliminary survey of the installation site, taking the following into consideration:
System environmental requirements
Physical location of the NPT-1020 platforms
Location of power sources
Types of interfaces used at the site (optical, electrical, management, alarm monitoring, and so on)
Work and equipment safety requirements
3.2.1 Environmental Requirements The environmental conditions listed in the following table are applicable to NPT-1020 equipment and must be ensured at the installation site. Table 3-2: Environmental requirements Parameter
Compliance requirements
Electromagnetic interference
EN 55022/94, EN 50082-1/92
Temperature
ETSI ETS 300-19-2-3 Test Spec. T3.1
3.2.2 Physical Location WARNING: NPT-1020 platforms are intended for installation in restricted-access areas only.
Before you start: Choose the physical location of the NPT-1020 platforms, taking the following aspects into consideration: 1.
Equipment dimensions (see the following table).
2.
Required floor loading capability: 100 kg for a typical eight-platform installation.
3.
Routing requirements for grounding, power, alarm monitoring, management cables, and optical fibers. To ensure convenient access to cables and fibers, it is recommended, whenever possible, to use overhead cable ladders to bring the cables/fibers to the top of each rack.
4.
When a network management station, for example, the EMS-APT, is installed on the site, consider the method of connection to the local network management station and the maximum allowed distance.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-3
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
Table 3-3: Equipment dimensions Equipment type
Height (mm)
Width (mm)
Depth (mm)
Max. weight (kg)
NPT-1020
44
440
243
5
EXT-2U
88.9
443.4
243
4.5
RAP-BG
88
440
150
4
RAP-4B
88
447
155
2.4
FST
44.5
440
240
5
ODF
44.5
440
240
8
xDDF-21
44.5
440
150
1.5
ICP_MCP30
44
440
140
1.5
3.2.3 Power Sources NPT-1020 platforms can be powered by DC sources complying with the applicable sections of ETSI 300 132-2 and the SELV or TNV requirements of EN 60950. The nominal supply voltage is -48 VDC (positive-lead grounded). However, the allowed supply voltage range is -40.5 VDC to -60 VDC. Two separate DC power sources must be available for redundancy. In the DC power supply, the maximum power consumption of the NPT-1020 is 55 W. For AC power supply, configure an external AC/DC converter.
NOTE: If the planned power consumption of the equipment installed in the platform is 80% or
more of the maximum listed value, it is recommended to consult ECI Customer Support.
3.3
Tools and Test Equipment
No special-purpose tools beyond a standard technician’s toolbox are required for the installation of NPT-1020 platforms. Traffic cables can be prepared on site, so make sure suitable tool kits are available. They include tools for the assembly of coaxial cables as listed in the following table, and tools for the preparation of optical patch cords. Table 3-4: Recommended coaxial cable assembly tools No.
Name
Description
1
Stripper
DIN 1.0/2.3
2
Center contact crimp tool (blue)
DIN 1.0/2.3
3
Crimp tool, outer
DIN 1.0/2.3
4
Cable stripper
---
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-4
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
No.
Before You Start
Name
Description
5
Nipper (cutter for center contact)
---
6
Die for NCX1
---
3.3.1 Cleaning Optical Connectors When handling optical fibers, clean the optical connectors with the standard cleaning kits recommended by the manufacturers.
3.4
Installing the NPT-1020 in Racks
The following sections describe options for installing the NPT-1020 in racks with corresponding ancillary equipment.
3.4.1 Installation Plan Follow these guidelines for installing NPT-1020 platforms and ancillary equipment in racks. We recommend installation in ECI ETSI racks, which provide the following advantages:
Removable rear and side panels, enabling tidy leading and efficient maintenance of all rack cables, including:
PCM/E1/E3/DS-3/STM-1e cables
Control cables
Power cables
Data cables
Voice frequency cables
Timing cables
Two ducts on the rack’s front rails for routing up to 200 optical fibers
Open frame top and bottom, facilitating easy leading of cables from suspension floors and/or ceiling ladders
Front door mountable for left or right opening
NPT-1020 equipment racks can be installed on wooden, concrete, or floating floors, or suspended from overhead mountings.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-5
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
3.4.2 Typical NPT-1020 Installation For a typical installation of a NPT-1020 shelf in an ECI’s ETSI rack, see Typical installation in of a single NPT-1020 in an 2200 ETSI rack. In addition to the NPT-1020 itself, the equipment installed in the rack includes:
One RAP installed at the top of the rack. The RAP is used to connect external power and alarm monitoring lines (RAP-4B only) to the NPT-1020 shelves installed in the rack. The RAP fully supports up to four shelves with dual power feeding or eight shelves with single power feeding. In addition to the space needed for RAP installation, you must leave at least 50 mm of free space under the RAP for cable routing.
NOTE: The RAP-BG does not support alarm monitoring lines.
Fiber Storage Tray. A separate FST can be installed for each NPT-1020 with optical modules. Each FST contains two storage reels, enabling the fiber to be stored on the right or left side of the tray. Leave at least 50 mm of free space between the NPT-1020 shelf and its FST, and another 50 mm free between the FST and the next NPT-1020 shelf.
xDDF-21. When unbalanced E1 interfaces are needed, the xDDF-21 should be installed with the NPT-1020. Each xDDF-21 can support 21 channels of E1. The xDDF-21 can be installed anywhere on the same rack on which the NPT-1020 shelf is installed, or on another rack.
ICPs for the SM_10E/EM_10E, including ICP_VF, ICP_V24, ICP_V24F, ICP_V11_V24, and ICP_V35. When PCM interfaces are provided by the SM_10E/EM_10E, the corresponding ICPs can be installed in order to simplify installation and connection to customer termination equipment. Each ICP can support one SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module. ICPs can be installed anywhere on the same rack on which the NPT-1020 shelf is installed, or on another rack.
3.4.3 Integrating NPT-1020 Platforms and Other Equipment in One Rack When NPT-1020 platforms and associated accessories do not occupy the entire rack, additional equipment can be installed in the remaining rack space. Make sure that any heat generated by this equipment can be dissipated efficiently, and that thermal isolation is provided between the various equipment units. In the event of additional equipment being installed in the rack, contact ECI’s Customer Support team for assistance.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-6
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
Figure 3-1: Typical installation of four NPT-1020 platforms in an ETS
3.5
Preparing Cables and Fibers NOTE: This section provides information for preparing cables and optical fibers. The necessary
cables can be ordered from ECI. For details, contact ECI’s Customer Support team or your ECI sales representative.
Before you start: The following main types of cables are required for installing the NPT-1020:
Grounding cables
DC power cables (RAP Input Power Cables and Platform Power Cables)
Alarm cables
Management cables
Timing (clock) cables
Optical fibers
Electric traffic cables
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-7
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
Some of these cables are supplied as part of the NPT-1020 equipment, while others must be prepared on site or ordered separately from ECI. In the following sections, you will find information about the cables, and how to prepare them on site, where relevant. For details about the equipment connector types and cable wiring, see Connection Data.
WARNING:
When preparing cables, in particular power and grounding cables, use only UL-listed components of the specified types. Components must also comply with any applicable national and local safety codes and regulations. Only qualified trained personnel may be involved in the preparation of the various cable types. Personnel must use only approved procedures, in accordance with the applicable workmanship practice.
3.5.1 Grounding Cables Platform grounding is achieved by connecting the platform to the rack using rack mounting brackets. Grounding is provided by contact when the unit is fastened to the rack. A reliable low-impedance connection must be provided using copper conductors between the rack frame and the site grounding bus. Make the connection between the rack grounding screw and the site grounding bus with a 2 AWG (35 mm2) or thicker copper lead with yellow/green insulation, in compliance with UL/ETSI recommendations. Route grounding conductors along the shortest possible route. Treat the bare portion of the conductor with antioxidant and connect a listed two-hole compression lug. If the lug is not plated, polish it until it has a bright finish and coat it with antioxidant before connecting it to the frame of the rack. Do not mix different types of metal conductors.
3.5.2 DC Power Cables DC power cables must be prepared on site. Two types of DC power cables are needed:
RAP input power cables
Platform power cables
ECI recommends the use of shielded power cables for DC power connections, with the shields connected to the frame ground at the rack end only.
3.5.2.1 RAP Input Power Cables The RAP input power cables are prepared on site. They connect input power from the site power distribution subsystem to the DC input terminals of the RAP. Two input power cables are required for each rack, one for each source. The cables must use copper leads complying with UL/ETSI recommendations. Use a red lead for the positive conductor and a black lead for the negative conductor. The RAP cable ends must be terminated in M6 cable lugs matching the conductor gauge.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-8
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
The recommended cable gauge is 25 mm² or thicker. This gauge ensures that the voltage drop across the rack power cable does not exceed 2 V, even for cable runs of maximum 30 meters connected to a RAP and providing power to multiple NPT-1020 platforms. When the RAP is used to provide power to a single NPT-1020 platform, lower-lead gauges may be used, as follows:
For runs not exceeding 20 meters, use 10 mm2 copper leads.
For runs not exceeding 30 meters, use 16 mm2 copper leads.
3.5.2.2 Platform Power Cables One 12 AWG cable, supplied by ECI, connects the input power from the rack RAP unit to the POWER IN connector on each INF-1020 module of each NPT-1020 platform installed in the rack.
3.5.3 Alarm Cables Alarm cables used within NPT-1020 equipment are included in the shipment according to the site specifications. The alarm indications are carried by the shelf alarm indication cable. One shelf alarm indication cable is required for each NPT-1020 shelf installed in the rack. This cable connects between the ALARM connector on the NPT-1020 and one of the ALARMS connectors on the RAP (RAP-4B only). Cable length is 2.0 m.
NOTE: There are no ALARMS connectors on the RAP-BG.
3.5.4 Management Cables Out-of-band management traffic is connected to a NPT-1020 platform via the RJ-45 (MNG) connector located on the front panel of the NPT-1020. The MNG Ethernet connector is wired as a 10BaseT station port for direct connection through an RJ-45-to-RJ-45 straight cable to a port of a 10BaseT Ethernet hub. Suitable standard Ethernet station cables are available from many sources. Cables of Category 5 or better must be used. In all cases, the length of the cables must not exceed the maximum recommended for the cable type and hub port in use (up to a few dozen meters).
3.5.5 Timing (Clock) Cables The NPT-1020 platform uses an RJ-45 connector on the front panel that integrates the two timing reference interfaces (2 x T3 and 2 x T4). If it has balanced (120 Ω) G.703 interfaces, a multi twisted-pair cable with an RJ-45 connector (supplied by ECI) is used to connect timing signals from the NPT-1020 to the site timing reference distribution subsystems. If the site timing reference distribution subsystem has unbalanced (75 Ω) G.703 interfaces, configure an adapter with coaxial cables that provides balanced-to-unbalanced conversion (supplied by ECI).
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-9
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
3.5.6 TOD/1PPS Cable The NPT-1020 platform uses an RJ-45 connector on its front panel, marked TOD/1PPS, which provides timing and synchronization input/output signals, supporting IEEE 1588v2 standard. If it has balanced (120 Ω) G.703 interfaces, a multi twisted-pair cable with an RJ-45 connector (supplied by ECI) is used to connect timing signals from the NPT-1020 to the site timing reference distribution subsystems. If the site timing reference distribution subsystem has unbalanced (75 Ω) G.703 interfaces, configure an adapter with coaxial cables that provides balanced-to-unbalanced conversion (supplied by ECI).
3.5.7 Electric Traffic Cables Some electric traffic cables can be prepared on site. The following table lists the type of cables and mating connectors needed for each NPT-1020 traffic interface type. Table 3-5: Traffic cables mating connector data for NPT-1020 Module or card
Interface type
Cable type
Mating connector
Connector at other end
NPT-1020
E1 balanced (2.048 Mbps)
Multipair cable (2 x 21 120 Ω twisted pairs)
2 x 50-pin SCSI male
Open
1
NPT-1020
10/100/1000BaseT
Cat5e
RJ-45
RJ-45
8
MSE1_16
E1 balanced (2.048 Mbps
Multipair cable (2 x 21 120 W twisted pairs)
100-pin SCSI male
Open
1
PME1_21
E1 balanced (2.048 Mbps)
Multipair cable (2 x 21 120 Ω twisted pairs)
100-pin SCSI male
Open
1
PME1_21 1
E1 balanced (2.048 Mbps)
Twin multipair cable (2 x 21 120 Ω twisted pairs)
100-pin SCSI male
2 x 50-pin SCSI male
1
PME1_63
E1 balanced (2.048 Mbps
3 x twin multipair cable (2 x 21 120 Ω twisted pairs)
2 x 136-pin VHDCI
Open (connects to DDF)
1
xDDF-21
E1 unbalanced (2.048 Mbps)
Coaxial cable
DIN 1.0/2.3
Open (prepared in the field)
42
PM345_3
E3/DS-3 (34/45 Mbps)
Coaxial cable
DIN 1.0/2.3
Open (prepared in the field)
6
SMD1B 2
STM-1 electrical
Coaxial cable
DIN 1.0/2.3 (on electrical SFP)
Open (prepared in the field)
2/4
DHGE_8
10/100/1000BaseT
Cat5e
RJ-45
RJ-45
4
DHGE_4E
10/100/1000BaseT
Cat5e
RJ-45
RJ-45
4
1
Cable is used to connect the PME1_21 E1 interface connector to the xDDF-21.
2
Electrical or optical SFPs can be used when working in STM-1; the cable type is determined according to the SFP used.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Qty./Module
3-10
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
Table 3-6: Traffic cables mating connector data for EXT-2U Module or card
Interface type
Cable type
Mating connector
Connector at other end
Qty./Module
PE1_63
E1 balanced (2.048 Mbps)
Multipair cable (2 x 21 120 Ω twisted pairs)
2 x 50-pin SCSI male
Open
3
PM345_3E
E3/DS-3 (34/45 Mbps)
Coaxial cable
DIN 1.0/2.3
Open (prepared in the field)
6
DMCE1_32
E1 balanced (2.048 Mbps)
Multipair cable (2 x 21 120 Ω twisted pairs)
2 x 50-pin SCSI male
Open
2
SM_FXO_8E
FXO
Multipair cable (2 x 18 100 Ω twisted pairs)
36 pin SCSI male
Open
1
SM_FXS_8E
FXS/FXD
1
SM_EM_24W6E
2W, 4W, 2WE&M, or 4WE&M
1
SM_V24E
V.24
1
SM_V35E
V.35
1
SM_V35_V11
V.35, V.11
1
SM_CODIR_4E
Codirectional 64 Kbps
1
EM_10E
3.5.8 Optical Fibers Optical fibers can be prepared on site. The following table lists the type of cables and mating connectors needed to prepare cables for each NPT-1020 module. For each optical interface, ECI supplies patch cords with mating optical connectors already attached to the fiber. Therefore, only the optical termination on the ODF side, which is installation-dependent, must be installed on site. The optical fibers for connecting to equipment installed in a given rack must enter the rack from the top, be threaded through cable guides running along the rack side rails, and end at the FST. The FST must contain enough fiber length for extracting modules from the NPT-1020 and for replacing fiber in case of damage (splicing repairs). When routing fibers, make sure to observe the minimum bending radius (35 mm). Table 3-7: Optical fibers and mating connector data for NPT-1020 I/O module
Interface type
Fiber type
Mating connector
Qty./Module
NPT-1020
STM-1&4 optical
One pair of fiber patch cords per interface
LC male
4 fibers
NPT-1020
100/1000Base-X
One pair of fiber patch cords per interface
LC male
8 fibers
DHGE_8
100/1000Base-X
One pair of fiber patch cords per interface
LC male
8 fibers
DMCES1_4
STM-1&4 optical
One pair of fiber patch cords per interface
LC male
8 fibers
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-11
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
I/O module
Interface type
Fiber type
Mating connector
Qty./Module
DMCES1_4
1000BaseFX
One pair of fiber patch cords per interface
LC male
2 fibers
SMD1B
STM-1 optical
One pair of fiber patch cords per interface
LC male
4 fibers
Table 3-8: Optical fibers and mating connector data for EXT-2U I/O module
Interface type
Fiber type
Mating connector
Qty./Module
S1_4
STM-1 optical
One pair of fiber patch cords per interface
LC male
8
3.6
Work and Equipment Safety NOTE: NPT-1020 equipment is intended for installation in restricted-access areas only.
NPT-1020 platforms contain power sources of varying voltages. Note the following guidelines when installing the platforms:
Before you start:
Ensure the integrity of the grounding connections.
Make sure that sufficient lighting is available.
Do not work on any equipment connected to a voltage source (DC or AC).
Ensure that the maximum working temperature does not exceed 70°C.
Use only insulated tools.
Wear protective clothing as required by the requisite safety regulations.
Do not install or maintain equipment connected to external lines (for example, E1 tributaries) during thunderstorms.
Avoid contact with high-voltage sources when installing platforms, cards, and modules.
Make sure you are familiar with the warning signals and labels on the equipment and strictly observe the procedures needed to avoid the indicated hazards.
3.6.1 Grounding Requirements All the equipment, including NPT-1020 platforms, ancillary units, and equipment from other vendors, must be properly grounded at all times. Good equipment grounding is necessary to protect personnel and equipment, minimize noise, and allow the discharge of accumulated static charges to earth.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-12
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
3.6.1.1 Rack Grounding Requirements Connect the rack to the site grounding bar with a ground cable according to ETSI recommendations (top/bottom connection). The rack is supplied with a main copper or brass grounding bolt welded to the rack frame. The grounding stud is identified on the rack by the ground symbol label. The rack grounding bolt must be connected to the site grounding bar by a 35 mm2 (2 AWG) grounding cable or thicker, as short as possible, complying with UL/ETSI recommendations. The bolt must be free of paint. The cable must be made of copper strands and terminated on both sides with bolt terminals.
NOTE: If necessary, the gauge of the grounding lead can also be reduced to the gauge of the RAP power leads.
The rack mounting rails must be free of paint and provide electrical continuity to the main grounding bolt. The resistance between any rail and the rack main grounding bolt must be less than 0.1 Ω. Pay particular attention to the area in which the RAP is attached. Remove paint from the rack in this area to ensure efficient electrical contact.
CAUTION: Connect the RAP grounding bolt to the rack grounding bolt with a grounding cable
complying with UL/ETSI recommendations. The cable must include bolt terminals on both ends and be securely fastened with a nut and a star washer.
3.6.2 DC Power Supply Requirements The NPT-1020 and EXT-2U platforms require two power sources with a nominal voltage of -48 VDC. Each power source is protected by a UL-listed circuit breaker installed in the RAP. The required circuit breakers are included in the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment, and therefore, their current rating is in accordance with the order.
CAUTION: Disconnect both power sources before service.
ATTENTION: Dèbranchez les deux alimentations avant l'entretien.
The site operator must provide a readily accessible UL-listed disconnect device incorporated in the fixed power wiring of the site. This device limits the maximum delivered current to a safe value.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-13
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
Table 3-9: NPT-1020 and EXT-2U circuit breaker data Platform ID
Platform-to-RAP connection type
Circuit breaker Quantity per platform (amps.)
NPT-1020
One cable per INF-1020 input
8A
EXT-2U
One cable per INF_E2U 16A input
Expanded set One Y cable per set (NPT-1020+EXT-2U)
25A
One for nonredundant powering Two for redundant powering
One for nonredundant powering Two for redundant powering
One for nonredundant powering Two for redundant powering
3.6.3 AC Power Supply Requirements ECI offers the AC_PS-B1U AC/DC converter module for customers who require to power the NPT-1020 from an AC power source. The AC_PS-B1U plugs directly into the NPT-1020 in the PSA and PSB slots (that is regularly used to install two INFs when the platform is powered by DC) and provides up to 180 W. When an extension platform, EXT-2U is also required to be fed from AC, the AC_PS-E2U module can be used. The module plugs into the EXT-2U and provides up to 180 W. The following table lists the recommended AC source circuit breakers for feeding the AC/DC convert units. Table 3-10: NPT-1020 and EXT-2U recommended circuit breakers Platform ID
AC/DC converter module
AC source circuit breaker (Amp.)
NPT-1020
AC_PS-B1U
3A
EXT-2U
AC_PS-E2U
3A
3.6.4 Laser Safety Requirements This section describes the laser safety requirements.
3.6.4.1 Laser Classification The equipment and components with laser devices described in this manual comply with the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) safety standards, including IEC-60825-1 - Safety of Laser Products (AS/NZS 2211.2) and IEC-825 – Safety of Optical Fiber Communication Systems. With specific regard to the laser, NPT-1020 equipment complies with laser product performance standards set by government agencies for Class 1 laser products. The product and its accessories do not emit hazardous light, and the beam is totally enclosed during all operating modes and maintenance.
LASER WARNING:
When the NPT-1020 operates in conjunction with OM_BA or OM_ILA optical amplifiers (installed in the EXT-2U) the NPT-1020's Laser classifications changes to Hazard Class 1M Laser Product.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-14
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
3.6.4.2 Warning Labels for Laser Products The following labels are affixed to the platform front panel. The labels indicate that the product is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product. Figure 3-2: Laser warning label
LASER WARNING: The NPT-1020 is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product.
LASER ATTENTION: APPAREIL ’A LASER DE CLASSE 1.
3.6.4.3 Laser Safety Statutory Warning All personnel involved in equipment installation and maintenance must be aware that laser radiation is invisible. Therefore, although protective devices generally prevent direct exposure to the beam, personnel must strictly observe the applicable safety precautions and in particular must avoid staring into optical connectors, either directly or through optical instruments.
3.6.4.4 Laser Device Operating Precautions In addition to the general precautions described in this section, be sure to observe the following warnings when operating a product equipped with a laser device. Failure to observe these warnings could result in fire, bodily injury, and damage to the equipment.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-15
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
WARNING: To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation, note the following:
When performing maintenance and other activities on equipment using lasers, it is recommended that you use protection goggles for the wavelength range of 1300 nm to 1600 nm.
Only authorized personnel must carry out hot insertion or swapping of an optical module or optical interface module.
To prevent irremediable damage to your eyes, avoid looking into the fiber when hot-removing and/or inserting a fiber termination.
Place plastic covers on module fiber ports and fiber terminations that are not currently in use.
Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures associated with the laser device other than those specified herein.
It is strictly forbidden to interfere with any protective devices and interlocks that are used to prevent direct exposure to the laser beam.
3.6.4.5 Laser Information Information regarding the various optical modules available for the NPT-1020 platform is provided in the following tables. Table 3-11: LC transceivers laser information STM-4 SFP Module
Parameter
Data
STM-4 SFP
Laser designation
S3
L3
L5
Operating wavelength (nm)
1310
1310
1550
Source type
Single mode
Single mode
Single mode
Minimum mean launched power (dBm)
-15
-3
-3
Maximum mean launched power (dBm)
-8
+2
+2
Table 3-12: LC transceivers laser information STM-1/100BaseFX SFP Module
Parameter
Data
STM-1 SFP
Laser designation
S3
L3
L5
BD 3 3
BD 5 4
Operating wavelength (nm)
1310
1310
1550
1310
1550
3
Single-fiber bidirectional transceivers with a transmit wavelength of 1310 nm.
4
Single-fiber bidirectional transceivers with a transmit wavelength of 1550 nm.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-16
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Module
Before You Start
Parameter
Data
Source type
Single mode Single mode
Single mode
Single mode
Single mode
Minimum mean launched power (dBm)
-15
-5
-5
-14
-14
Maximum mean launched power (dBm)
-8
0
0
-8
-8
Table 3-13: LC transceivers laser information GbE SFP (OTGBE) Module
Parameter
Data
GbE SFP
Laser designation
SX
LX
EX
Operating wavelength (nm)
850
1310
1550
Source type
Multi-mode
Single mode
Single mode
Minimum mean launched power -9.5 (dBm)
-11
0
Maximum mean launched power -3 (dBm)
-3
5
3.7
Protection against Electrostatic Discharge
This section provides guidelines regarding the protection of NPT-1020 equipment and its components against electrostatic discharge (ESD) during handling, packing/unpacking, transport, installation, commissioning, inspections, servicing, and maintenance. Electronic equipment, assemblies, and components that are ESDS (electrostatic discharge sensitive) or include sensitive items are identified by the basic ESD warning symbol shown in the following figure. Figure 3-3: Basic ESD warning symbol
The information provided in this section is in line with CENELEC Electronic Components Committee (CECC) specification CECC 00 015, which deals with protection of devices sensitive to ESD. Most types of electronic equipment, assemblies, and components can be damaged by electrostatic discharges. An ESD between two objects occurs when an object carrying static electrical charges touches or is brought near another object.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-17
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
Static electrical charges appear as a result of friction between surfaces of insulating materials or separation of two such surfaces, and may also be induced by electrical fields. Routine activities such as walking across an insulating floor, friction between garment parts, friction between objects, and so on, can easily build up charges to levels that may cause damage, especially when humidity is low. In many cases, the build-up of charge can be avoided by using special materials, for example, garments and packaging of antistatic materials or materials that have high resistance, but yet are not insulators. The best way to avoid damage by ESD is a combination of means and procedures that achieves the following goals:
Avoids build-up of electrostatic charges
Creates a protected work environment that helps prevent ESD
Provides means for controlled discharge of any accumulated electrostatic charges when entering the protected work environment
NOTE: An area in which ESDS can be handled with minimum risk of damage as a result of ESD
or fields, and in which the operator is not exposed to additional risks, is called an ESD Protected Area (EPA).
3.7.1 Personnel Training During production and assembly, equipment is handled in workspaces especially prepared and certified to serve as a permanent EPA. However, in many cases, the environment in which the same equipment is installed or maintained cannot be assumed to form an EPA with a permanently controlled boundary. Therefore, all the work involving handling of unprotected ESD must be considered as field work. Field work in this context includes such activities as service and maintenance, installation, site inspections, and commissioning of components and assemblies classified as ESDS, together with associated packing and unpacking activities. All the staff involved in field work must be trained to perform their work in the same way as that performed in permanent EPAs with respect to the material quality, personal responsibilities, training, labeling, and packing.
3.7.2 Use of a Temporary EPA Where necessary, use a temporary EPA. The EPA toolkit includes:
Wrist strap with 1 M Ω series resistor
Bonding strap with 1 M Ω series resistor
ESD carpet (work surface), 0.25 m2 minimum
The temporary EPA must include temporary controlled work surfaces and/or flooring capable of providing protection against ESD.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-18
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
CAUTION: The temporary EPA must be constructed in a way that ensures electrical bonding of
all the materials used, and prevents the occurrence of any sudden changes in potential within the EPA that could cause unacceptable voltages or discharges to be applied to ESDS. The operator and any work surface and flooring must be bonded to ground equipotentially. For this purpose, the work surface and wrist straps must be bonded either to a designated ground bonding point or to the equipment being serviced. Whenever available, the mains’ ground serves as the ESD grounding facility.
WARNING: While the operator is within the temporary EPA, the minimum value of resistance
used for bonding to ground must limit the current to ground, produced by voltages accessible to the operator, to limits specified as safe by the applicable regulations (see, for example, CECC 00 015). The same approach is applicable to the surface resistance and resistance to ground of materials used for temporary work surfaces and flooring. To enable ESD bonding to ground of equipment racks and any other nonmoveable equipment containing ESD, an ESD ground-bonding facility must be located near such equipment, or the equipment must be fitted with a designated ground-bonding point presenting a resistance to ground not greater than 1 MΩ.
3.7.3 Work Arrangements within a Temporary EPA To ensure that effective ESD protection is indeed achieved, the following arrangements must be observed by persons entering and/or performing field work within a temporary EPA:
All operators working within a temporary EPA must wear, as a minimum, an ESD antistatic protecting garment made of cotton.
If the extent of the temporary work area is such that the operator needs to walk and move within that area, the floor of the area must be capable of providing protection against ESD.
The operator must be bonded to ground at all times when handling ESDS.
If it becomes necessary to remove ESDS equipment and transfer it to a temporary work surface away from the other equipment, the ESDS must be given protective packaging unless equipotential bonding to ground of the operator is maintained.
An ESDS unit must be placed directly into protective packaging when it is removed from equipment. A replacement ESDS must be kept in its protective packaging until required for immediate installation in the equipment.
The field service operator must ensure that the materials and tools necessary to maintain and control the temporary EPA are available at the place of the field work at service time.
All tools for use within the EPA must, as far as is practical, be constructed so that they do not generate or hold an induced electrostatic charge.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-19
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
3.8
Before You Start
Environmental and Health Concerns
ECI is committed to achieving high standards of environmental quality and product safety. The International Standardization Organization (ISO) has developed the internationally recognized standards ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. These are quality management standards that are administered by independent accreditation and certification bodies. ISO 9000 is a family of standards for quality management systems that has been accepted as a model when assessing the adequacy of quality management systems. Some of the requirements in ISO 9001 (one of the standards in the ISO 9000 family) include:
Procedures that cover all key business processes
Process monitoring to ensure effectiveness
Adequate record-keeping
Monitoring output for defects, with appropriate and corrective action where necessary
Regular review of individual processes and the complete quality system as a whole
Facilitating continual improvement
ISO 14000 is the international specification for an Environmental Management System (EMS). It specifies requirements for establishing an environmental policy, determining environmental aspects and impacts of products, activities, and services, planning environmental objectives and measurable targets, implementation and operation of programs to meet objectives and targets, checking and corrective action, and management review. ECI Quality and Environmental Management Systems were certified to these ISO standards and are periodically audited by third-party organizations. As a part of ECI’s environmental commitment and in pursuit of compliance with applicable environmental legislation, ECI makes every effort to ensure that its products supplied to the EU market are compliant with the RoHS Europe directive restricting use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. ECI also requires RoHS compliance from all its suppliers. All new electrical and electronic equipment delivered to locations within the EU do not contain any cadmium (Cd), lead (Pb), hexavalent chromium compounds (Cr6+), mercury (Hg), polybrominated biphenyls (PBB), or polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDE), subject to certain exemptions and limitations as outlined in the RoHS directive. Without limiting the generality of the preceding statement, we wish to stress that use of lead in solders in network infrastructure equipment has been exempted by the RoHS directive and may be found in certain ECI products. All equipment delivered to locations within the EU complies with the requirements of the RoHS Europe directive. Similarly, ECI equipment is compliant with the RoHS California directive and RoHS Chinese directive where relevant. All ECI equipment included in the Electronic Information Products (EIP) category includes a table of Toxic and Hazardous Substances and Elements, verifying hazardous substance levels in accordance with the RoHS China directive. Equipment documentation includes the appropriate Environmental Protection Use Period (EPUP) lifespan symbol indicating the point in time when the equipment may be expected to enter the recycling system. The following are examples of these pollution control symbols.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-20
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Before You Start
Figure 3-4: Pollution control logos
NOTE: The number in Logo 2 is for illustrative purposes only. When in actual use, the number
indicates the corresponding environmental protection use period of the product.
ECI adheres to the Waste Electrical and Electronic equipment (WEEE) directive requiring that all new products introduced into the EU market be labeled with the crossed-out wheeled bin recycling symbol defined by CENELEC standard EN 50419 and accepted by the member states. Note that specific WEEE procedures may differ from state to state, depending on the local implementation of the WEEE requirements. Figure 3-5: WEEE recycling symbol
Do not dispose of ECI equipment and accessories together with standard household waste. Check with ECI technical support for information about product disposal, including recycling and reuse. For more information about ECI's environmental, healths, and safety policy, see the quality policy pages on the ECI website. (Environmental, Health, and Safety Policy) For any further information regarding ECI's environmental and safety policies, please contact technical support.
WARNING:
The ultimate disposal of this product should be handled according to national laws and regulations.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
3-21
4
Installing Equipment
4.1
Overview
This chapter provides general instructions for installing the NPT-1020 and auxiliary equipment. The procedures for equipment replacement and upgrades are similar to those for installation, and when relevant, notes regarding live replacement or upgrade are inserted in these procedures. Use the information in this chapter in conjunction with specific site installation plans in a particular customer network. If you are interested in obtaining design or installation assistance from ECI’s Customer Support team or wish to prepare a network installation plan, contact your ECI sales representative. The NPT-1020 platforms, cards, modules, and ancillary equipment are described in the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.
4.2
Preliminary Preparations
The installation procedures assume that:
The sites at which installation is to be carried out comply with the requirements listed in Site Preparation.
The preliminary preparations specified in Before You Start have been completed.
Before you start, determine what equipment is to be installed in the rack by referring to the site installation plan, and note the exact position of each unit. To avoid errors, it is recommended that you mark the prescribed positions on the rack rails using a soft pencil.
4.3
Installation Sequence
Each component of the NPT-1020 system is supplied separately and must be installed in the correct sequence according to the site plan. A high-density installation might include the equipment illustrated in the following figure. The different components in the illustration are described, correlating to the steps in the following table.
NOTE: If you are not installing an FST for a particular NPT-1020 shelf, it is recommended that
you leave empty space in the rack in case optical modules are added in the future. If you are not installing an EXT-2U for a particular NPT-1020 shelf, it is highly recommended that you leave enough empty space above the NPT-1020 shelf in the rack in case an EXT-2U shelf is added in the future.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-1
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
CAUTION:
If additional equipment is used in the rack, a heat buffer or a buffer plate must be installed between any such additional equipment and the NPT-1020 shelf to minimize the transfer of heat from shelf to shelf. This heat buffer must be purchased from ECI.
During the installation of equipment in the rack, make sure all the optical connectors are closed by protective caps. Do not remove the cap until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding connector. Figure 4-1: Typical installation in of a single NPT-1020 in a 2200 ETSI rack
For illustrations of installation options, see Installation Options.
NOTE: The FST should be installed below the NPT-1020. If the EXT-2U is not installed, space above the NPT-1020 should be reserved for the EXT-2U.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-2
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
The general stages described in the following table, listed in the required order of execution. Table 4-1: Outline of typical NPT-1020 equipment installation sequence Step
Procedure
1
Install a rack (if required)
2
Unpack and perform a visual inspection
3
Install ancillary equipment in the rack, including:
4
Install the NPT-1020 shelf in the rack
5
Install the Dslot modules in the NPT-1020 shelf (if required)
6
Install the SFP modules in the NPT-1020 shelf
7
Install the EXT-2U shelf in the rack (if required)
8
Install the power module in the EXT-2U shelf
9
Install extension cards in the EXT-2U shelf
10
Route and connect all cables and fibers, including: Power and alarm cables Optical fibers to optical modules transceivers Traffic cables to electrical cards Data cables Timing cables Management cable Orderwire cable PCM interface cables
4.4
RAP unit FST (optional) Optional ODF units Optional DDF units Optional SM_10E ICP units
Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection Before you start:
Before unpacking, make a preliminary inspection of the shipping boxes. Immediately report evidence of damage to the carrier, the project manager, and your local ECI representative.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-3
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
CAUTION: Static Sensitive Devices Proper handling and grounding precautions required NPT-1020 equipment contains components sensitive to ESD. To prevent ESD damage, strictly observe all the precautions listed in Protection Against Electronic Discharge. Keep parts and cards in their antistatic packaging material until you are ready to install them. The use of an antistatic wrist strap connected to a grounded equipment frame or rack is recommended when handling cards and modules during installation, removal, or connection to internal connectors.
To unpack the equipment: 1.
Place the shipping boxes with the top upwards on a clean flat surface. Cut the sealing tape using a short knife so as not to damage the internal items, and open the top flaps.
2.
Remove the items contained in the box and inspect each one for damage. Check for loose parts or any visual damage to the rack, platform, and auxiliary equipment. Also check the integrity of all the connectors, leads, and cables.
NOTE:
Do not remove plastic covers from optical connectors until optical cables are connected to them. 3.
Search the shipping boxes for any additional small items that may be present.
4.
Open each of the module and card packages for inspection, but do not remove the modules/cards from their individual protective packages until they can be inserted in the platform.
5.
Check the contents of the shipping boxes against the packing list attached to each box. If damaged parts are detected or if any parts are missing, notify the project manager and your local ECI representative immediately.
4.5
Installation Options
It is recommended that NPT-1020 platforms be installed in ECI approved racks. These racks can be installed on wooden, concrete, or suspended floors, or suspended from overhead mountings. The following racks are supported:
Standard 19”
Standard ETSI
Open frame
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-4
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
NOTE: NPT-1020 platforms can also be installed in
standard street cabinets. Consult ECI for more details. By default, the NPT-1020 is shipped with 19” mounting brackets. If you are installing in an ETSI rack, ETSI brackets must be ordered separately and replaced in the field. You can install up to eight NPT-1020 platforms in a rack. A typical installation of four NPT-1020 platforms in an ETSI 2200 rack is shown in the following figure. Figure 4-2: Typical installation of four NPT-1020 platforms in a ETSI 2200 rack
If necessary, contact the ECI Customer Support team or your ECI sales representative for help in meeting your specific installation requirements.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-5
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
4.6
Installing Equipment
Installing Ancillary Units in Racks
ECI offers various accessories for efficient and optimal installation in racks. Contact ECI’s Customer Support team or your ECI sales representative for additional items or custom modifications to standard items. The specific units you need to install depend on your site installation plan and may include one or more of the following:
RAP unit: For connecting up to four or eight NPT-1020 platforms (NPT-1020 with EXT-2U is counted as two platforms) on the same rack, usually located at the top. See Installing the RAP-BG and Installing the RAP-4B.
FST: Located under the NPT-1020 platform, recommended for installations with a large number of optical modules. See Installing the Fiber Storage Tray.
ODF units: See Installing the ODF.
xDDF-21: This unit must be installed for unbalanced E1 interfaces. See Installing the xDDF-21 Patch Panel.
AC_CONV_UNIT: This unit is an AC power platform that can be mounted separately on the rack. See Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT.
In general, ancillary units are attached to the rack side rails by four M6 Phillips screws. No preparation is required before installation. The following sections provide mechanical installation instructions for units that require additional procedures. Skip sections that are not relevant to your particular application.
CAUTION: If additional equipment (other than NPT-1020 platforms) is installed in the rack, a
heat buffer must be installed between such equipment and the NPT-1020 to minimize the transfer of heat from platform to platform. Consult your ECI representative regarding the exact heat buffer required.
4.6.1 Installing the RAP-BG Before You Start: Before connecting DC power cables, see DC Power Cables. For a description of the RAP-BG, see the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.
To install the RAP-BG: 1.
Prepare DC power cables.
2.
Install the RAP-BG in the prescribed location.
3.
Ground the RAP-BG to the rack grounding stud.
4.
Connect input DC power cables to the RAP-BG.
5.
Connect the DC power cables of the NPT platforms to the RAP-BG.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-6
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
6.
Install circuit breakers.
7.
Check power wiring.
Installing Equipment
4.6.1.1 Preparing DC Input Power Cables NOTE: According to accepted industry standards for connecting DC power, the positive lead
(+48 V) must be connected with a red cable and the negative lead (-48 V) with a black cable. However, according to the BS7671 (GB) and HD 308 S2:2001 (EU) standards, the positive lead must be connected with a blue cable and the negative lead with a gray cable. In the following sections that describe DC power cable connections, use cables of appropriate colors to comply with the standards in your area of residence. The DC input power cables connect the two DC power sources and the RAP-BG source A and source B inputs. Two cables are required, one for each source. Each cable consists of two stranded copper leads with a cross section of 50 mm2 (.078 in.2), one red and the other black. Each lead is terminated with a compression lug from the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment.
NOTE: When the RAP-BG provides power to a single NPT platform, lower gauge cables can be used. See DC Power Cables for DC power cable requirements.
CAUTION: If appropriate leads have already been prepared at the prescribed rack location, make sure that the leads are not connected to any live voltage source before attaching the lugs.
To prepare a DC power cable: 1.
Strip about 22 mm (1 in.) of the red lead jacket.
2.
Insert all lead strands into the lug sleeve.
3.
Press at two or three different points on the lug sleeve using an appropriate crimping tool and die. The recommended tools are Panduit CT-720 crimping tool with CD-720-2 die, Klauke K18 crimping tool with D50 die, or equivalent. It is recommended to use insulation tape (of the same color as the lead jacket) between the cable lug and the cable itself.
4.
Repeat Steps 1 to 3 above for the black lead.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-7
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
4.6.1.2 Installing the RAP-BG The RAP-BG is attached to the rack side rails at the top position of the rack.
To install the RAP-BG
Attach the RAP-BG to the side rails and secure it with the four screws, washers, and nuts supplied in the installation parts kit.
To ground the RAP-BG: 1.
The RAP-BG grounding stud is located on its rear cover, as shown in the following figure. Figure 4-3: Location of RAP-BG grounding stud
2.
If necessary, prepare a grounding lead in accordance with the requirements described in Grounding Requirements.
3.
Connect the lug at one end of the grounding lead to the RAP-BG grounding stud, using a spring washer and nut.
4.
Connect the lug at the other end of the grounding lead to the rack grounding stud.
To connect DC input power cables to the RAP-BG: 1.
Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the RAP-BG by referring to the following figure. Figure 4-4: Identification of RAP-BG cable routes
2.
Open the two captive screws fastening the RAP-BG front cover and remove the cover.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-8
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
3.
Installing Equipment
Identify the various terminals located on the power source terminal board by referring to the following figure (showing the terminals at source A side; a similar board is used at source B side). Figure 4-5: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-BG
CAUTION: Before connecting the power leads, make sure to identify the terminal polarity on the RAP-BG power terminal board. 4.
Bring the two leads of DC source A input power cable to the appropriate RAP-BG opening.
5.
Attach the lug of the red lead to the positive stud terminal marked (+) on the power terminal board (see the previous figure).
6.
Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut with a torque of 1450 N cm to 1600 N cm.
7.
Attach the lug of the black lead to the negative stud terminal marked (-) on the power terminal board (see the previous figure).
8.
Repeat Step 6 for the black lead lug.
9.
If an additional power source (source B) is used, repeat Steps 3 to 8 for source B.
10.
Securely attach the DC input power cables to the rack inner wall using cable ties.
During the following procedure, refer to the figures in Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-BG.
To connect the DC power cables to a platform: 1.
Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the RAP-BG.
2.
Insert the DC power cable end, terminated with lugs, of the NPT-1020 platform through the opening for platform power cables connecting to source A. If more platforms are installed in the rack, start by connecting the Platform 1 cable.
3.
Attach the red lead lug of the platform power cable to the positive stud terminal of Platform 1 on the power terminal board.
4.
Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut with a torque of 320 N cm to 350 N cm.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-9
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
5.
Attach the black lead lug of the power cable to the negative stud terminal of Platform 1 on the power terminal board.
6.
Repeat Step 4 for the black lead lug.
7.
Identify the platform's grounding terminals located on the inner side panel of the RAP-BG as shown in the following figure. Figure 4-6: RAP-BG platform power cable grounding screws
8.
Attach the grounding (shield) lead lug of the platform power cable to the ground stud terminal located on the RAP-BG side panel.
9.
Repeat Step 4 for the grounding lead lug.
10.
If additional NPT-1020 platforms are installed in the rack, repeat Steps 2 to 9 for each platform power cable.
11.
If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 10 to connect the platforms to source B.
12.
Route each platform power cable along the rack side rails down to the corresponding platform position, and then securely attach the power cable to the rack inner wall using cable ties. Attach a tag to each power connector in accordance with its function.
To install the RAP-BG circuit breakers: 1.
If the RAP-BG front panel has not been removed, open the two captive screws fastening it to the RAP-BG chassis and remove the cover. Figure 4-7: RAP-BG front cover removal
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-10
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
2.
Installing Equipment
Identify the circuit breaker corresponding to the power circuit A of Shelf 1 (the circuit breaker is included in the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment; its rating is in accordance with the ordered platform configuration). Figure 4-8: RAP-BG circuit breaker installation
3.
Insert the circuit breaker into the circuit breaker sockets located on the RAP-BG source A power terminal board, as shown in the previous figure.
4.
If more platforms are powered from source A, repeat Steps 2 and 3 to insert the circuit breakers into the corresponding platform positions of the power terminal board.
5.
If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 4 for source B circuit breakers.
To check DC voltage polarity: 1.
Make sure the correct site grounding test has been passed successfully (see Grounding Requirements).
2.
Connect the DC input power to the RAP-BG.
3.
Set all the RAP-BG circuit breakers to ON.
4.
Use a digital multimeter (DMM) to test the voltage between the positive and negative contacts of each power cable. The following figure identifies the functions of the power cable connector contacts assembled on the cable end connected to the NPT-1020 platform, as seen when looking into the connector. Figure 4-9: Platform DC input power connector pin functions
5.
Make sure the voltage is within the allowed range (-40 VDC to -72 VDC), and that it has the correct polarity.
6.
Return all the RAP-BG circuit breakers to OFF.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-11
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
7.
Disconnect the RAP-BG input power sources.
8.
Reinstall the RAP-BG front cover and fasten it using the two captive screws.
Installing Equipment
4.6.2 Installing the RAP-4B Before You Start: Before connecting DC power cables, see DC Power Cables. For a description of the RAP-4B, see NPT series Reference Manual.
To install the RAP-4B: 1.
Prepare DC power cables.
2.
Install the RAP-4B in the prescribed location.
3.
Ground the RAP-4B to the rack grounding stud.
4.
Connect input DC power cables to the RAP-4B.
5.
Connect the DC power cables of the NPT platforms to the RAP-4B.
6.
Install circuit breakers.
7.
Check power wiring.
4.6.2.1 Preparing DC Input Power Cables NOTE: According to accepted industry standards for connecting DC power, the positive lead (+48 V) must be connected with a red cable, and the negative lead (-48 V) with a black cable. However, according to the BS7671 (GB) and HD 308 S2:2001 (EU) standards, the positive lead must be connected with a blue cable and the negative lead with a gray cable. In the following sections use cables of the colors to comply with the standards in your area of residence. The DC input power cables connect the two DC power sources and the RAP-4B source A and source B inputs. Two cables are required, one for each source. Each cable consists of two stranded copper leads with a cross section of 50 mm2 (0.078 in.2), one red and the other black. Each lead is terminated with a compression lug from the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment.
NOTE: When the RAP-4B provides power to a single
platform, lower gauge cables may be used. See DC Power Cables for DC power cable requirements.
CAUTION: If appropriate leads have already been prepared at the prescribed rack location, make sure that the leads are not connected to any live voltage source before attaching the lugs.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-12
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
To prepare a DC power cable: 1.
Strip about 22 mm (1 in.) of the red lead jacket.
2.
Insert all lead strands into the lug sleeve.
3.
Press at two or three different points on the lug sleeve using an appropriate crimping tool and die. The recommended tools are Panduit CT-720 crimping tool with CD-720-2 die, Klauke K18 crimping tool with D50 die, or equivalent. It is recommended to use insulation tape (of the same color as the lead jacket) between the cable lug and the cable itself.
4.
Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for the black lead.
4.6.2.2 Installing the RAP-4B The RAP-4B is attached to the rack side rails at the top of the rack.
To install the RAP-4B:
Attach the RAP-4B to the side rails and secure it with the four screws, washers, and nuts supplied in the installation parts kit.
To ground the RAP-4B: NOTE: The RAP-4B is supplied, by default, with a grounding cable connected to the rear of the unit. Use this cable to connect ground to the RAP-4B. 1.
The RAP-4B grounding studs are located on its rear cover as shown in the following figure. Figure 4-10: Locating RAP-4B grounding stud
If a grounding cable is already attached to the RAP-4B, skip Steps 2 and 3. 2.
If necessary, prepare a grounding lead (with a two-hole lug) as details described in Grounding Requirements.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-13
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
3.
Installing Equipment
Connect the lug at one end of the grounding lead to the RAP-4B grounding studs, using spring washers and nuts. Figure 4-11: RAP-4B with grounding cable
4.
Connect the two-hole lug at the other end of the grounding lead to the rack's grounding bar.
To connect DC input power cables to the RAP-4B: 1.
Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the RAP-4B, as shown in the following figure. Figure 4-12: Identifying RAP-4B cable routes
2.
Open the two captive screws fastening the RAP-4B front cover and remove it.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-14
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
3.
Installing Equipment
Identify the various terminals located on the power source terminal board, as shown in the following figure (showing source A side; a similar board is used at source B side). Figure 4-13: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-4B
CAUTION: Before connecting the power leads, make sure to identify the terminal polarity on the RAP-4B power terminal board. 4.
Bring the two leads of one DC source A input power cable to the appropriate RAP-4B opening.
5.
Attach the lug of the red lead to the positive stud terminal marked (+) on the power terminal board (see the previous figure).
6.
Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut with a torque of 940 N cm to 1060 N cm.
7.
Attach the lug of the black lead to the negative stud terminal marked (-) on the power terminal board (see the previous figure).
8.
Repeat Step 6 for the black lead lug.
9.
If an additional power source (source B) is used, repeat Steps 3 to 8 for source B.
10.
Securely attach the DC input power cables to the rack inner wall using cable ties.
During the following procedure, refer to the figure Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-4B.
To connect the DC power cable to a platform: 1.
Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the RAP-4B.
2.
Insert the DC power cable end terminated in lugs of the NPT-1020 platform through the opening for power cables connecting to source A. If more platforms are installed in the rack, start by connecting the Platform 1 cable.
3.
Attach the red lead lug of the platform power cable to the positive stud terminal of Platform 1 on the power terminal board.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-15
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
4.
Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and M6 screw. Tighten the M6 screw with a torque of 320 N cm to 350 N cm.
5.
Attach the black lead lug of the power cable to the negative stud terminal of Platform 1 on the power terminal board.
6.
Repeat Step 4 for the black lead lug.
7.
Identify the platforms grounding terminals located on the inner side panel of the RAP-4B according to the following figure. Figure 4-14: RAP-4B platform power cable grounding screws
8.
Attach the grounding (shield) lead lug of the platform power cable to the ground stud terminal located on the RAP-4B side panel.
9.
Repeat Step 4 for the grounding lead lug.
10.
If more NPT-1020 platforms are installed in the rack, repeat Steps 2 to 9 for each platform power cable.
11.
If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 10 to connect the platforms to source B.
12.
Route each platform power cable along the rack side rails down to its corresponding platform, and then securely attach the power cable to the rack inner wall using cable ties. Attach a tag to each power connector in accordance with its function.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-16
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
To install the RAP-4B circuit breakers: 1.
If the RAP-4B front panel has not been removed, open the two captive screws fastening it to the chassis and remove the cover. Figure 4-15: RAP-4B front cover removal
2.
Identify the circuit breaker corresponding to power circuit A of Platform 1 (the circuit breaker is included in the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment platform; its rating is in accordance with the ordered platform configuration). Figure 4-16: RAP-4B circuit breaker installation
3.
Insert the circuit breaker into the circuit breaker sockets located on the RAP-4B source A power terminal board, as shown in the previous figure.
4.
If more platforms are powered from source A, repeat Steps 2 and 3 to insert the circuit breakers into the corresponding platform positions of the power terminal board.
5.
If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 4 above for source B circuit breakers.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-17
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
4.6.2.3 Checking DC Voltage Polarity To check DC voltage polarity: 1.
Make sure the correct site grounding test has been passed successfully (see Grounding Requirements).
2.
Connect the DC input power to the RAP-4B.
3.
Set all the RAP-4B circuit breakers to ON.
4.
Use a DMM to test the voltage between the positive and negative contacts of each power cable. The following figure identifies the functions of the power cable connector contacts assembled on the cable end connected to the NPT-1020 platform, as seen when looking into the connector. Figure 4-17: Platform DC input power connector pin functions
5.
Make sure the voltage is within the allowed range (-40 VDC to -72 VDC), and that it has the correct polarity.
6.
Return all the RAP-4B circuit breakers to OFF.
7.
Disconnect the RAP-4B input power sources.
8.
Reinstall the RAP-4B front cover and fasten it with the two captive screws.
4.6.3 Installing the FST Install the FST 50 mm below the fiber guide. If additional equipment is installed below it, such as another NPT-1020 platform, an additional 50 mm must be left free between the FST and such equipment.
To install the FST in the rack: 1.
Attach the FST to the rack rails and secure it using the four supplied screws, washers, and nuts.
2.
Prepare the necessary fibers according to the site cabling diagram and the detailed cabling diagrams or tables of each platform. See the safety information in Work and Equipment Safety and Power Supply Requirements.
3.
Label the cables in accordance with the cabling diagrams or tables.
4.
Thread the optical fibers into the conduits running along the front supports of the ETSI A rack, (or the rack sidewalls in an ETSI B rack).
5.
Push the button on the front panel of the FST to release the latch, and pull the FST towards you to open it.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-18
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
NOTE: The FST has two opening positions. The tray latches with a click at the halfway position. Pull it again to open it fully so that you can thread the fibers. 6.
Thread the fibers into the FST, as shown in the following figure. Figure 4-18: Threading optical fibers in the FST
NOTE: All optical fibers should be arranged in groups inside the FST and fastened with Velcro strips. 7.
Run the fibers up to the level of the corresponding optical connector.
8.
Return the FST to the rack until it latches in place with a click.
CAUTION:
Make sure that all the optical connectors are closed at all times with the appropriate protective caps or with the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective cap until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding connector, and immediately install a protective cap after a cable is disconnected. The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm. Sharp bending of fibers may degrade the optical transmission characteristics.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-19
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
4.6.4 Installing the ODF Identify the prescribed ODF locations in the rack before performing the following procedures. The ODF is supplied with two sets of rack mounting brackets: one for 19” and ETSI racks (for both ETSI A and B), and the other for 23” 7-foot bay racks.
To attach the rack mounting brackets to the ODF:
Refer to the following figure to identify the required set of rack mounting brackets, and attach each bracket to the corresponding ODF side panel with three screws. Figure 4-19: Attaching rack mounting brackets to the ODF
To connect optical fibers to the ODF: 1.
Push the release button on the ODF front panel to the left to release the latch and pull it towards you. The cover opens downwards. Figure 4-20: ODF front panel
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-20
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
Figure 4-21: ODF open view
2.
Hold the end of the swing-out tray and pull it out to gain access to the ODF components.
3.
Open the two cover thumb nuts and remove the protective cover from the ODF splice support.
4.
Insert the external fibers cable through the protective tube. Figure 4-22: ODF fiber routes
5.
Route the fiber ends through the cable guides to the splice support area.
6.
Identify the adapter panel pigtail to be spliced to each user fiber.
7.
Insert splicing sleeves over the pigtail, splice the user fiber to the pigtail, and slide the splicing sleeve over the splice.
8.
Place the splicing sleeve in one of the slots in the splice support.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-21
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
NOTE: When more than 12 fibers are connected to the ODF, start by first filling the slots of
the lower splice support. After those slots are occupied, reinstall the top splice support and continue filling the support slots. 9.
After splicing all the fibers, reinstall the protective cover removed in Step 3.
10.
Push the swing-out tray back into the unit.
11.
Close the ODF front cover by pushing it up until it clicks to the unit.
12.
See the “To attach the rack mounting brackets to the ODF” procedure, above, and secure the user fibers with cable ties to the fiber fastening bracket at the rear of the ODF.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to fibers, do not tighten the cable ties.
To install ODF units in a rack:
Install each ODF in the prescribed rack position and fasten it to the rack side rails with four screws.
4.6.5 Installing the xDDF-21 Patch Panel The NPT-1020 only supports balanced E1s directly. For unbalanced E1s, install the xDDF-21 that provides balanced-to-unbalanced conversion for 21 E1s. The number of xDDF-21 units to be installed with one NPT-1020 unit is based on the number of PME1_21 modules (for the number of unbalanced E1s required).
To install an xDDF-21 patch panel: 1.
Route the 100-pin SCSI cables leading from the E1 interfaces on the PME1_21 panel along the side of the rack to the location where the xDDF-21 patch panel is to be installed.
2.
Before you install the patch panel, connect the SCSI cables leading to the rear of the xDDF-21 patch panel. The cables are marked J1 and J2 and must be connected to their respective connectors.
3.
Attach the patch panel to the rack rails and secure using the four supplied screws, washers, and nuts.
4.
Connect the traffic cables to the front of the xDDF-21 patch panel, and make a note of the appropriate channels on the identification label on the inside of the panel door.
4.6.6 Installing SM_10E/EM_10E ICPs Three types of ICPs were developed to simplify installation and connection to customer termination equipment. The ICP is connected to the SM_10E/EM_10E module using a special cable that spreads the condensed cable to connector types commonly used for each service. Each ICP can serve one SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module. An ICP can be installed anywhere in the rack.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-22
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
To install an SM_10E/EM_10E ICP: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the ICP in the rack in accordance with the rack installation plan.
2.
Place the ICP in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it temporarily in place, and then fasten the platform to the rack side rails with four M6 screws, washers, and nuts. Figure 4-23: Installing SM_10E/EM_10E ICPs in the rack
4.6.7 Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT The AC_CONV_UNIT is an AC power platform that can be mounted separately in the rack. The AC_CONV_UNIT is supplied with one set of combined rack mounting brackets for 19” and ETSI racks (for both ETSI A and B racks).
To install an AC_CONV_UNIT: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the AC_CONV_UNIT in the rack in accordance with the rack installation plan.
2.
Place the AC_CONV_UNIT in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it temporarily in place, and then fasten the platform to the rack side rails with four M6 screws, washers, and nuts.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-23
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
Figure 4-24: Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT in the rack
4.7
Installing the NPT-1020 Shelf in the Rack
Each NPT-1020 shelf is supplied with an installed power module and an empty Dslot (covered by a blank panel). Therefore, the installation activities covered in this section include:
Installing the Rail Stiffeners
Attaching the NPT-1020 Shelf in the Rack
Grounding the NPT-1020 Shelf
After the activities presented in this section have been completed, the NPT-1020 shelf is ready for:
Installing Power Modules in the NPT-1020
Installing Tslot Modules
Installing SFP Modules
4.7.1 Installing the Rail Stiffeners If you install the NPT-1020 in the rack without installing rail stiffeners, the rear side of the NPT-1020 shelf will be slightly lower than the front side, due to the weight of the NPT-1020 shelf. This makes installation of the EXT-2U very difficult. The rail stiffeners make the NPT-1020 level after it is installed in the rack. Two rail stiffeners are shipped along with the NPT-1020 shelf.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-24
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
CAUTION: Currently, to install the EXT-2U on the NPT-1020, rack stiffeners must be installed.
To install the rack stiffeners: 1.
Locate the two rail stiffeners included as part of the NPT-1020 shelf package.
2.
Determine the position for the rail stiffener on the rack’s left side rail, according to the position of the NPT-1020 shelf in the rack, and in accordance with the rack installation plan.
3.
Place the rail stiffener on the rear side of the rack’s left side rail.
4.
Fasten the rail stiffener to the rack’s left side rail with two M6 screws and washers through the uppermost and lowermost holes of the rail stiffener.
5.
Repeat Steps 2 to 4 to install the second rail stiffener on the rack’s right side rail.
4.7.2 Attaching the NPT-1020 Shelf in the Rack WARNING: Before starting, make sure that the DC power is not connected to the rack, and that the circuit breakers in the RAP, if used, are set to OFF.
Before you start: Review the grounding requirements specified in Before You Start. Obtain the required materials and make sure to perform the grounding connections in accordance with these requirements.
To attach a NPT-1020 shelf to an ECI recommended rack: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1020 shelf in the rack in accordance with the rack installation plan.
2.
Place the NPT-1020 shelf in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it temporarily in place, and then fasten the shelf to the rack side rails (to the second and third lowest screws in the rail stiffeners) with four M6 screws and washers.
4.7.3 Grounding the NPT-1020 Shelf Before you start:
Review the grounding requirements specified in Preparing Cables and Fibers. Obtain the required materials and make sure to perform the grounding connections in accordance with these requirements.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-25
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
To ground the NPT-1020 shelf:
NPT-1020 shelf grounding is achieved by connecting the shelf to the rack using rack mounting brackets. Grounding is provided by contact when the unit is fastened to the rack.
4.7.4 Installing Power Modules in the NPT-1020 Each NPT-1020 shelf must have a power module/modules installed in the power module slot(s). The power module slots are identifies as PSA and PSB. There are several options to install power modules in these slots as follows:
Installing an INF-B1U in slot PSA and a second one in slot PSB. This configuration supports DC power redundancy for the NPT-1020 by connecting each module to a separate power source.
Installing an INF-B1U-24V in slot PSA and a second one in slot PSB. This configuration supports DC power redundancy for the NPT-1020 by connecting each module to a separate power source.
Installing one INF-B1U-D module. This module occupies both PAS and PSB slots. DC power redundancy is supported by connecting each input power connector on the INF-B1U-D to a separate source.
Installing one AC_PS-B1U module. This module occupies both PAS and PSB slots and provides AC input power support.
The following sections describe the installation procedures for each of the options. The NPT-1020 is always shipped with power module/modules installed. The procedure described in this section is therefore only relevant when you want to replace the power module.
4.7.4.1 Installing an INF-B1U For DC power redundancy, the NPT-1020 platform must have two INF-1BU modules installed in the power module slots, and is always shipped with power modules already installed. The following procedure therefore describes replacing the power module. Figure 4-25: Installing an INF-B1U in the NPT-1020
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-26
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
To install an INF-B1U in the NPT-1020 platform: 1.
Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2.
Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3.
Hold the INF-B1U module extractor and insert the rear end of the module into the card guides.
4.
Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1020 platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5.
Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.
4.7.4.2 Installing an INF-B1U-24V For DC power redundancy, the NPT-1020 platform must have two INF-1BU-24V modules installed in the power module slots, and is always shipped with power modules already installed. The following procedure therefore describes replacing the power module. Figure 4-26: Installing an INF-B1U-24V in the NPT-1020
To install an INF-B1U in the NPT-1020 platform: 1.
Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2.
Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3.
Hold the INF-B1U module extractor and insert the rear end of the module into the card guides.
4.
Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1020 platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5.
Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-27
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
4.7.4.3 Installing an INF-B1U-D For DC power redundancy the NPT-1020 platform must have the INF-1BU-D module installed in the power module slots and each power connector connected to a separate power source. The NPT-1020 is always shipped with a power module already installed. The following procedure therefore describes replacing the power module. Figure 4-27: Installing an INF-B1U-D in the NPT-1020
To install an INF-B1U-D in the NPT-1020 platform: 1.
Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2.
Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3.
Hold the INF-B1U-D module extractor and insert the rear end of the module into the card guides.
4.
Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1020 platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5.
Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-28
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
4.7.4.4 Installing an AC_PS-B1U The PSA and PSB slots in the NPT-1020 can be used to install an AC_PS-B1U module to support AC power feed. When delivered with an AC_PS-B1U module these slots are empty (covered by blank panels) and the module must therefore be installed in the field according to the site installation plan. Figure 4-28: Installing an AC_PS-B1U in the NPT-1020
To install an AC_PS-B1U in the NPT-1020 platform: 1.
Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2.
Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3.
Hold the AC_PS-B1U module extractor and insert the rear end of the module into the card guides.
4.
Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1020 platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5.
Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.
4.7.5 Installing Tslot Modules This section describes the installation process for Tslot modules. For a list of available Tslot modules and their technical descriptions, refer to the NPT Product Line Reference Manual. The NPT-1020 is shipped with the Tslot covered by a blank panel. You will have to remove this cover to install a module in it.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-29
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
To install a Tslot module in the NPT-1020 shelf: The Tslot module can be installed in the Tslot of the NPT-1020 shelf as per the site installation plan. Figure 4-29: Installing Tslot modules in the NPT-1020
1.
Loosen the two screws on the Tslot cover panel and remove it.
2.
Check that the Tslot module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
3.
Remove the Tslot module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
4.
Hold the Tslot module handle and insert the rear end of the module into the module guides.
5.
Push the module in until the front of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1020 shelf. If resistance is felt, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
6.
Secure the module in place by fastening its two captive screws.
NOTE: Tslot modules do not support hot insertion. Make sure the NPT-1020 is powered off before installing any Tslot module.
4.7.6 Installing SFP Modules All NPT-1020 shelves and SMD1B/SMS4 modules are shipped without SFP modules installed. Proper SFP modules must be installed in the field according to the field installation plan. ECI supplies field-replaceable SFP transceivers in all optical interfaces and electrical STM-1 interfaces. Hot swapping is allowed, provided you observe all the safety precautions described in Before You Start during the replacement.
NOTE: Only SFP modules supplied by ECI can be used in the NPT-1020. Otherwise, the laser in SFP module will always shut down.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-30
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
Figure 4-30: Installing an SFP in the NPT-1020
To install an SFP module: 1.
Check that the SFP has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2.
Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3.
Insert the rear end of the SFP module plug-in into the prescribed position, and push slowly backward to mate its rear connector with the corresponding optical interface module connector until the transceiver clicks into place. If you feel resistance before the transceiver plug-in is fully inserted, retract the transceiver and repeat the insertion.
4.
Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for other SFP modules (if required).
4.8
Installing the EXT-2U Platform in the Rack
EXT-2U is an expansion unit which can be added on top of the NPT-1020 to provide enhanced capacity and a rich feature list. If you need more add-drop capacity and additional functionality, such as Ethernet L2 and PCM, an EXT-2U can be added. The EXT-2U supports live insertion and can be installed at any time without affecting the traffic running on the NPT-1020. The EXT-2U can also be installed when installing the NPT-1020. The EXT-2U is compact and versatile and can be used with different base units from both ECI's NPT and BroadGate Product Lines. The type of traffic that can be delivered by the unit depends on the type of matrix (TDM, Hybrid, or Packet only) installed in the base unit. I/O expansion cards are supported in accordance.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-31
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
It includes its own independent power supply and fan unit, for additional reliability and security. The three multipurpose slots of the EXT-2U support any combination of extractable traffic cards. TDM, ADM, Ethernet, and CES traffic are all handled through cards in these traffic slots, with all interfaces through convenient SFP modules. Each EXT-2U platform is supplied with a power module slot and all extension slots, initially empty. The three extension slots are covered by a cover panel.
4.8.1 Installing the H Connector The H connector connects the NPT-1020 and EXT-2U platforms. Figure 4-31: Installing the H connector in the NPT-1020
To install the H connector: 1.
Remove the H connector cover (on top of the NPT-1020) by opening its two screws.
2.
Fasten the pilot pin into the screw hole by hand.
3.
Insert the H connector assembly into the internal connectors, and then fasten it on the cover by screwing in its two handles.
4.8.2 Installing the EXT-2U Shelf on the NPT-1020 Shelf The EXT-2U platform is mounted on top of the NPT-1020 platform using the H connector. You need an EXT-2U installation kit to install the EXT-2U on the NPT-1020. This is shipped as part of the EXT-2U platform package. The kit includes the EXT-2U TO NPT-1020/NPT-1200 CONNECTION SPEC. (DWG NO. 3HETC6-3468-068) drawing, which describes the installation process in detail. Be sure to follow this drawing closely during EXT-2U installation. The following procedure is a high level summary of the installation process.
WARNING:
Before starting to install the EXT-2U, make sure the DC power cable is not connected to the EXT-2U, and that the circuit breakers in the RAP, if used, are set to OFF.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-32
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
CAUTION:
Before adding the EXT-2U to the NPT-1020, ensure that the rail stiffeners have been installed. (It is very difficult to install the EXT-2U without them.) If not, it is highly recommended that you first remove the NPT-1020 from the rack and install the rail stiffeners before proceeding with the EXT-2U installation. See Installing the Rail Stiffeners.
WARNING:
Take great care when installing the EXT-2U in order to avoid damage to the NPT-1020 or EXT-2U. Be sure to follow the drawing provided in the EXT-2U installation kit.
To install the EXT-2U platform on the NPT-1020 platform: 1.
Fasten the two pilot pins for the EXT-2U onto the cover by hand.
2.
Mount the EXT-2U on the NPT-1020 using the vertical pilot pins and holes at the bottom of the EXT-2U.
3.
Ensure that the connectors for the H connector and the EXT-2U are completely matched.
4.
Insert the five snap rivets into the holes on the bottom of the EXT-2U.
5.
Verify that the caps of the rivets are flat on the bottom of the EXT-2U.
6.
Fasten the four fastener screws (SST PH M6 x 16) to the mounting flange of the EXT-2U.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-33
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
4.8.3 Disassembling the EXT-2U from the NPT-1020 The following is the correct way to disassemble the EXT-2U from the NPT-1020. The EXT-2U is attached to the NPT-1020 with five snap rivets. You must first remove these rivets before removing the EXT-2U. It is recommended to use a thin flat tool (like a screwdriver) to raise the rivet caps first, and then remove them. Figure 4-32: Removing the EXT-2U from the NPT-1020
To disassemble the EXT-2U from the NPT-1020: 1.
Insert a thin flat-head screwdriver under the rivet cap. Figure 4-33: Inserting the thin flat-head tool
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-34
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
2.
Installing Equipment
Raise the rivet cap by the screwdriver. Figure 4-34: Raising the rivet cap
3.
Remove the rivet with your hand. Figure 4-35: Removing the rivet
4.
Repeat steps 1 to 3 to remove the other rivets.
5.
Raise the EXT-2U from the NPT-1020 and remove it.
6.
Disassemble the pin guides and the H connector from the NPT-1020.
4.8.4 Attaching the EXT-2U Shelf to the Rack The EXT-2U platform can be mounted in the rack after it has been assembled with the NPT-1020 or added to a NPT-1020 platform already mounted in the rack.
To attach an EXT-2U platform to an ECI recommended rack:
Fasten the EXT-2U platform to the rack side rails with four M6 screws, washers, and nuts. EXT-2U platform grounding is achieved by contact when connecting the platform to the rack using rack mounting brackets.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-35
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
4.8.5 Identifying Slots in the EXT-2U The layout of the EXT-2U is depicted in the following figures. Figure 4-36: EXT-2U regular slots layout
Figure 4-37: EXT-2U slot layout with extended ES 3#
The figures show two possible arrangements for the EXT-2U slots layout. The upper figure shows the regular layout of the EXT-2U. The lower figure is very similar to the first, with an extension arrangement for the uppermost slot (ES 3#). The EXT-2U platform consists of the following slots:
Two slots (PS A and PS B) for installing two DC power supply modules or one AC power supply module
One slot (FS) for installing a fan module
Three slots (ES 1#, ES 2#, ES 3#) for accommodating expansion traffic card (Eslots)
The following table lists the modules supported in V4.0 that can be configured in each slot in the EXT-2U. Table 4-2: EXT-2U modules Name
INF_E2U
Applicable slots in EXT-2U PS A
PS B
√
√
AC PS
ES 1#
ES 2#
ES 3#
FS
√
FCU_E2U SM_10E
√
√
√
EM_10E
√
√
√
PE1_63
√
√
√
P345_3E
√
√
√
S1_4
√
√
√
S4_1
√
√
√
DHFE_12
√
√
√
DHFX_12
√
√
√
MXP10
√
√
√
OBC
√
√
√
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
ES 3# Extended
4-36
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
4.8.6 Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U The EXT-2U platform must have one Fan Control module (FCU_E2U) installed in the FCU slot, and is shipped with the module already installed. The following procedure therefore describes replacing the module. Figure 4-38: Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U
This procedure is also applicable for replacing an operating FCU_E2U. To perform the replacement in the shortest time, prepare the replacement FCU_E2U in advance by taking it out of its package and placing it near the operating unit.
CAUTION:
To avoid traffic hit in an operating system, don't turn it off while replacing an FCU_E2U. The system can operate without a fan unit for up to 4 minutes. Perform the replacement in this time.
To install an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U: 1.
Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2.
Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3.
Hold the FCU_E2U module extractor and insert the rear end of the power module into the card guides.
4.
Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the EXT-2U platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5.
Secure the module in place by tightening the two screws with a screwdriver.
4.8.7 Installing Extension Cards in the EXT-2U The EXT-2U is shipped with its Eslots covered by blank panels. Remove the corresponding cover to install an extension card. Extension cards are installed according to the site installation plan For a list of available extension cards and their technical descriptions, see the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-37
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
Figure 4-39: Installing an extension card in the EXT-2U
CAUTION: When installing a MPoE_12G card the total PoE power budget is up to 90 W.
To install an extension card in the EXT-2U platform: 1.
Identify the Eslot in which you want to install the extension card, according to the site installation plan.
2.
Loosen the two screws on the Eslot cover and remove it.
3.
Check that the extension card has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
4.
Remove the extension card from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
5.
Hold the extension card handles and insert its rear end into the card guides.
6.
Push the extension card in until the front of the card is flush with the front of the EXT-2U platform. If resistance is felt, pull the card out and repeat the procedure.
7.
Secure the card in place by fastening its two captive screws.
NOTE:
Extension cards support live insertion. They can be installed at any time without affecting the existing traffic running on the NPT-1020 or EXT-2U.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-38
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
4.8.8 Installing a Power Module in the EXT-2U The EXT-2U platform must have power modules installed in the power module slot. Two INF_E2Us can be configured according to the site installation plan. The EXT-2U platform is always shipped with the power module slot empty. Figure 4-40: Installing a power module in the EXT-2U
To install a power module in the EXT-2U: 1.
Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2.
Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3.
Insert the rear end of the power module into the card guides.
4.
Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with the front of the EXT-2U platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5.
Secure the module in place by tightening the two screws with a screwdriver.
4.8.9 Installing Traffic Modules in the SM_10E/EM_10E The SM_10E/EM_10E consists of a base card and up to three traffic modules. For a list of available traffic modules and their technical descriptions, see the NPT Product Line Reference Manual. The SM_10E/EM_10E card is supplied without a traffic module installed; the corresponding slots are covered by blank panels. The following traffic modules are supported in the SM_10E/EM_10E:
SM_FXO_8E
SM_EM_24W6E
SM_V24E
SM_V35_V11
SM_CODIR_4E
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-39
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
SM_OMNI_E
SM_C37.94S
Installing Equipment
Figure 4-41: Installing traffic module in the SM_10E/EM_10E
To install a traffic module in the SM_10E/EM_10E card: 1.
Loosen the two screws fastening the blank panel to the SM_10E/EM_10E front, and remove it.
2.
Check that the traffic module has not been physically damaged during shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
3.
Remove the traffic module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
4.
Hold the traffic module handle and insert its rear end into the traffic module slot guides.
5.
Push the module in until the front of the module is flush with the front of the SM_10E/EM_10E. If resistance is felt, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
6.
Fasten the module in place with its two captive screws.
NOTE:
SM_10E/EM_10E modules support live insertion. They can be installed at any time without affecting existing traffic running on the platform, including the SM_10E/EM_10E.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-40
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
4.9
Installing Equipment
Connecting Fibers and Cables to the NPT-1020 Shelf
In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data cables must be routed along the sides of the rack. All optical fibers must be routed through the conduits running along the front supports of the rack. Electrical traffic and other cables (DC, alarm, management, timing, and so on) must be routed along the side of the rack, and held in place with cable ties.
4.9.1 Connecting Power Cables to a DC Power Source Follow the procedure below to connect power cables to a DC power source.
To connect power cables: 1.
Route the power cables leading from the RAP along the side of the rack to the appropriate NPT-1020 and EXT-2U shelves.
NOTE: For further details about the RAP installation procedure, see Installing the RAP-BG and Installing the RAP-4B. Installation of the EXT-2U is optional. 2.
Connect the end of the DC power cable from one source, terminating with a 3-pin D-type female connector in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags, to the DC power connector on one INF-B1U or INF_E2U.
3.
Connect the end of the DC power cable from the second source, terminating with a 3-pin D-type female connector in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags, to the DC power connector on the second INF-B1U or INF_E2U.
4.
If an INF-B1U-D module is installed in the NPT-1020 perform the DC power cable connections as follows:
Connect the end of the DC power cable from one source, terminating with a 3-pin D-type female connector in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags, to one DC power connector on the INF-B1U-D.
Connect the end of the DC power cable from the second source, terminating with a 3-pin D-type female connector in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags, to the second DC power connector on the INF-B1U-D.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-41
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
4.9.2 Connecting an AC Power Cable to the NPT-1020 If the NPT-1020 is fed by an AC source it must be equipped with an AC_PS-B1U module. The connection of the AC power is described below.
To connect an AC power source to the AC_PS-B1U: 1.
Insert the female 3-pin connector into the corresponding connector on the AC_PS-B1U.
2.
Connect the plug on the other end of the power cable into the local AC outlet.
4.9.3 Connecting Optical Fibers to Optical Modules Before installing the NPT-1020 platform and modules, all optical fibers must be routed through the conduits running along the front supports of the ECI recommended rack into the FST under the NPT-1020 platform being installed, and threaded into the FST. For more information, see Installing the Fiber Storage Tray. All optical fibers in the NPT-1020 platform are connected to the LC connectors on the optical SFP, XFP, SFP+, or CSFP transceivers on the front panel of the modules.
CAUTION:
Make sure that all the optical connectors are closed at all times with the appropriate protective caps or with the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective cap until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding connector, and immediately install a protective cap after a cable is disconnected. The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm. Sharp bending of fibers may degrade the optical transmission characteristics.
To connect an optical fiber to an SFP module: 1.
Push the button on the front panel of the FST to open the latch and pull the FST out towards you.
2.
Slowly pull the end of the appropriate fiber to release enough fiber from the tray.
NOTE: The FST has two opening positions. The tray latches with a click at the halfway position. If you cannot release the fiber in the halfway position, pull the tray again to open it fully. 3.
Thread the end of the fiber through the rack slots to the optical transceiver LC connector on the designated module. Leave some slack to prevent stress.
4.
Thoroughly clean the connectors of the optical fibers using an approved cleaning kit.
5.
Remove the cover from the optical transceiver. Connect the fiber connector to the LC connector on the optical transceiver.
6.
Repeat Steps 2 through 5 for all optical modules in the NPT-1020 platform.
7.
When you have completed the connection of all optical modules, gently push the FST back into the rack until it clicks into place.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-42
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
4.9.4 Routing and Connecting Electrical Interface Cables to the NPT-1020 Information in this section supplements that regarding the connection of power, alarm, and grounding cables described in previous sections. Connect the cables to the equipment connectors according to the information appearing in the relevant cabling diagrams or tables. To identify the physical location of connectors, see the equipment panel figures in the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.
4.9.4.1 Routing and Connecting E1 Cables for Balanced E1 Interfaces E1 cables are used for connecting the balanced E1 (2 Mbps) interfaces on the PME1_21 panel. Each cable consists of a total of 21 E1 twisted pairs (transmit and receive) supporting 21 E1s. The cable end connecting to the PME1_21 module is terminated with a 100-pin SCSI male connector.
To connect E1 cables to the PME1_21: 1.
Arrange the E1 traffic cables and route them to the rack side rails.
2.
Pull each E1 cable down to the level of the NPT-1020 platform.
3.
Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate opening near the platform until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4.
Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the PME1_21 module with the appropriate DDF connections.
5.
Connect the cable connector to the corresponding connectors on the PME1_21 front panel.
6.
Secure the cable connector to the PME1_21 connector with the cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.
CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector as this may damage the PME1_21.
4.9.4.2 Routing and Connecting Cables to the E1 Interfaces on the NPT-1020 Panel The NPT-1020 has 21 x E1 interfaces on its front panel, connected through a 2 x 50-pin SCSI connector marked E1 (1-21). The connection to these interfaces is made by a multipair cable (2 x 21 120 Ω twisted pairs) terminated with a 2 x 50-pin SCSI male connector (the other side of the cable is open and connected to the customer's DDF).
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-43
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
To connect the multipair cable to the E1 interfaces on the NPT-1020: 1.
Arrange the E1 traffic cable and route it to the rack side rails.
2.
Pull the E1 cable down to the level of the NPT-1020 platform.
3.
Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate opening near the platform until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4.
Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the NPT-1020's E1 connector with the appropriate DDF connections.
5.
Connect the cable connector to the corresponding connector on the NPT-1020 front panel.
4.9.4.3 Routing and Connecting E1 Cables for Unbalanced E1 Interfaces The PME1_21 can only provide balanced E1s directly. For unbalanced E1s, the xDDF-21 patch panels must be installed with the NPT-1020. Each xDDF-21 provides balanced-to-unbalanced conversion for 21 E1s. The cable between the PME1_21 and the xDDF-21 (supplied by ECI) consists of 21 E1 twisted pairs (transmit and receive) supporting 21 balanced E1s. The cable end connecting to the PME1_21 is terminated with a 100-pin SCSI male connector. The cable end connecting to the xDDF-21 is terminated with two 50-pin SCSI male connectors.
To connect E1 cables between the NPT-1020 and the xDDF-21: 1.
Arrange the E1 traffic cables and route them to the rack side rails.
2.
Pull the 100-pin SCSI end of the cable down to the level of the NPT-1020 platform.
3.
Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate opening near the platform until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4.
Connect the cable connector to the E1 connectors on the front panel of the PME1_21 module.
5.
Secure the cable connector to the PME1_21 connectors with two cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.
6.
Pull the 2 x 50-pin SCSI end of the cable to the level of the xDDF-21.
7.
Bend the cables and thread them through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate opening near the platform until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
8.
Connect the cable connector marked J1 to the 50-pin SCSI connector on the xDDF-21 panel marked J1. Connect the cable connector marked J2 to the 50-pin SCSI connector on the xDDF-21 panel marked J2.
9.
Secure the cable connectors to the xDDF-21 connectors with two cable connector screws for each connector. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-44
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may
damage the PME1_21.
To connect E1 cables between the xDDF-21 and the external DDF:
Coaxial cables are used for connecting unbalanced E1s between the xDDF-21 and the external DDF. A pair of coaxial cables is used for each E1 and can be prepared on site. The cable end connecting to the xDDF-21 is terminated with a DIN 1.0/2.3 connector. The connector on the other end of the cable depends on the connector used in the external DDF. For the connection of coaxial cables, see Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables.
4.9.4.4 Traffic Cable for PME1_63 The PME1_63 has a special 272-pin VHDCI female connector for connecting to its 63 x E1 interfaces. A special cable offered by ECI is used to make the connection. The cable is constructed of three main parts:
Double 136-pin VHDCI male connector with three pairs of 30AWG cable tails
Conversion cable-size box
Three pairs of 26 AWG cables Figure 4-42: PME1_63 traffic cable
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-45
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
The three 30 AWG cable pairs connect on one side to the double 136-pin VHDCI connector and on the other side to the conversion box. The conversion box connects the three 30 AWG cable pairs and three pairs of 26 AWG cables, making the wire-size conversion. The 26AWG cables are connected at the other end to the customer's DDF. Each cable in a pair is bonded to the other, shaping a figure-eight pattern. Each pair of the 26 AWG cables carries 21 E1s, totaling 63 E1s. To facilitate identification of the E1 groups, each cable pair is marked with color strips along its jacket according to the following key:
First pair, E1s Nos. 1 to 21 - red strips
Second pair, E1s Nos. 22 to 42 - blue strips
Third pair, E1s Nos. 43 to 63 - yellow strips
4.9.4.5 Routing and Connecting E1 Cables to the PME1_63 The PME1_63 has a 272-pin VHDCI female connector for connecting to its 63 x E1 interfaces. A special cable offered by ECI is used to make the connection, see Traffic Cable for PME1_63. The connector on the cable has a pin guide that must be inserted into the corresponding hole, to the lower left side of PME1_63 connector. A cable guide and holder installed above the NPT platform helps route the special PME1_63 cables neatly. This unit makes it possible keep the cable path the short route between the module on the platform and the conversion box (on the cable).
To connect the PME1_63 traffic cable: 1.
Identify the pin guide on the traffic cable connector and the corresponding hole on the PME1_63 and insert it.
2.
Gently push the cable connector into the corresponding PME1_63 connector. If resistance is felt before the connectors mate, pull the connector out and repeat the procedure.
3.
Secure the connector in place by tightening its four captive screws.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-46
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
Figure 4-43: PME1_63 traffic cable installation
To route the PME1_63 traffic cable: 1.
Bend the cables from the connector installed in the previous procedure towards the cable guide and holder unit (see the preceding figure).
2.
Insert a Velcro strip into the corresponding holes in the cable guide, route the cables through the strip and tighten the strip on the cables.
3.
Place the cable conversion box on the NPT platform.
4.
Route the 26AWG cables coming from the conversion box to the rack side rails and tighten them to the rails with cable ties.
5.
Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the PME1_63 with the appropriate DDF connections.
4.9.4.6 Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables Individual coaxial cables are used for connecting the interfaces located on the electrical STM-1 SFPs on the XIO30_1 and the xDDF-21. As part of the site preparations, suitable cables must be routed from the relevant DDF (if used) to the intended rack location and connected to DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors. Cable length must be sufficient to routine the cables to the appropriate level in the rack.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-47
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
To connect individual coaxial traffic cables to the NPT-1020 or xDDF-21: 1.
Based on the site cabling diagram, arrange the coaxial cables in groups according to the designated electrical interfaces and route them along the guides at the side of the rack to the appropriate NPT-1020 or xDDF-21 unit.
2.
Cut excess cable length, if necessary.
3.
Connect the NPT-1020 or xDDF-21 end of the cables to DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors and the other end to the relevant coaxial cable connector, crimping the cable as required.
4.
Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack so that the cable connector is positioned at the level of the appropriate adapter. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
5.
Connect the connector on the cable to the corresponding electrical connector on the NPT-1020 or xDDF-21.
6.
Connect the connector on the other end of cable to the corresponding electrical connector on the external DDF.
4.9.5 Routing and Connecting Data Interface Cables to Ethernet Interfaces Data cables with RJ-45 connectors are used for connecting FE interfaces on data modules and on the NPT-1020platform. As part of the site preparations, Category 5 or better cables must be routed from the relevant Ethernet DDF (if used) to the intended rack location and connected to the RJ-45 connectors. Sufficient length must be available to permit routing the cables to the appropriate level in the rack.
To connect data cables to an Ethernet interface: 1.
Based on the site cabling diagram, route the data cables along the guides at the side of the rack to the appropriate NPT-1020 unit.
2.
Pull each data cable down to the level of the NPT-1020 unit.
3.
Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack so that the cable connector is positioned at the level of the NPT-1020 unit. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4.
Connect the RJ-45 connector on the cable to the corresponding connector on the data module or NPT-1020 front panel.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-48
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
4.9.6 Routing and Connecting Electrical Cables for PCM Interfaces This section describes the connection of PCM interface electrical cables to the VDF and ICPs.
4.9.6.1 Routing and Connecting Electrical Cables for PCM Interfaces to the VDF Each type of SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module uses a SCSI-36 connector for its external interfaces. An electrical cable with a SCSI-36 connector on one end and another end that is open is used to connect each SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module to its corresponding Voice-Frequency Distribution Frame (VDF), if ICPs are not installed.
To connect PCM traffic cables to the VDF: 1.
Arrange the PCM traffic cables and route them to the rack side rails.
2.
Pull each PCM traffic cable down to the level of the SM_10E/EM_10E card.
3.
Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate opening near the shelf until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4.
Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connectors with the appropriate VDF connections.
5.
Connect the cable connector to the corresponding connector on the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module front panel.
CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may damage the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module. 6.
Secure the cable connector to the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connector with the cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size is 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.
4.9.6.2 Routing and Connecting Electrical Cables for PCM Interfaces to ICPs To ease installation and connection to customer termination equipment, three types of ICPs were developed. An electrical cable with SCSI-36 connectors on both sides is used to connect an ICP to its corresponding SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module. The same cable is used for any type of ICP.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-49
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
To connect PCM traffic cables to an ICP: 1.
Arrange the PCM traffic cables and route them to the rack side rails.
2.
Pull one end of each PCM traffic cable to the level of the SM_10E/EM_10E card.
3.
Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate opening near the shelf until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4.
Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connectors with the appropriate ICP connections.
5.
Connect the cable connector to the corresponding connector on the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module front panel.
CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may damage the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module. 6.
Secure the cable connector to the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connector with the cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size is 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.
7.
Pull the other end of each PCM traffic cable to the level of the ICP.
8.
Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate opening near the ICP until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
9.
Connect the cable connector to the SCSI-36 connector on the ICP front panel.
10.
Secure the cable connector to the connector marked as J1 on the ICP front panel with the cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size is 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.
CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may damage the ICP.
4.9.6.3 Routing and Connecting Electrical Cables for ICPs Connectors on the ICP_VF panel for external interfaces are RJ-45 connectors. Connectors on the ICP_V24 panel for external interfaces are 15-pin D-type connectors and 9-pin D-type connectors. Connectors on the ICP_V35 panel for external interfaces are M34 connectors. For a detailed description of the ICPs, see the NPT Product Line Reference Manual. A VF cable is an electrical cable with an RJ-45 connector on one end and the other end open. Each cable has six wires and can be used for one channel of the following types of interfaces:
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-50
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
FXO
FXS
2W
4W
2W E&M
4W E&M
Codirectional 64 Kbps
Installing Equipment
Different interface types can use different wires in this cable. Use the information in Connection Data to identify the wires for each type of interface.
To connect VF cables to the ICP_VF: 1.
Route the VF cables along the side of the rack to the appropriate ICP_VF.
2.
Connect the free end of the cable, in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags, to the RJ-45 connector on the ICP_VF front panel.
3.
Cut excess cable length, if necessary.
4.
Use the information in to identify the wires, according to the type of interface.
5.
Prepare the relevant connector on the other end, if necessary.
6.
Connect the other end according to site installation plan.
To connect V.24 cables to ICP_V24: 1.
Arrange the V.24 cables and route them to the rack side rails.
2.
Pull each V.24 cable to the level of the ICP_V24.
3.
Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate opening near the shelf until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4.
Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the V.24 connectors with the appropriate connections on the DDF or the customer’s termination equipment.
5.
Connect the cable connector to the corresponding connector on the ICP_V24 front panel.
CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may
damage the ICP. 6.
Secure the cable connector to the ICP_V24 connector with the cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size is 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.
7.
Prepare the relevant connector on the other end, if necessary.
8.
Connect the other end according to site installation plan.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-51
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Installing Equipment
To connect V.35 cables to the ICP_V35: 1.
Arrange the V.35 cables and route them to the rack side rails.
2.
Pull each V.35 cable to the level of the ICP_V35.
3.
Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and through the appropriate opening near the shelf until the cable connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4.
Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the V.35 connectors with the appropriate connections on the customer’s termination equipment.
5.
Connect the cable connector to the corresponding connector on the ICP_V35 front panel.
CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to secure the cable connector, as this may damage the ICP. 6.
Secure the cable connector to the ICP_V35 connector with the cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size is 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.
7.
Prepare the relevant connector on the other end, if necessary.
8.
Connect the other end according to site installation plan.
4.9.7 Connecting the Timing (Clock) Cable The timing cable is connected to the T3/T4 RJ-45 connector on the NPT-1020.
To connect the timing cable to the NPT-1020: 1.
Route the timing cable along the side of the rack to the appropriate NPT-1020 platform.
2.
Connect the free end of the cable in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags to the T3/T4 connector on the NPT-1020 front panel.
4.9.8 Connecting the TOD/1PPS Timing Cable The TOD/1PPS timing cable is connected to the TOD/1PPS RJ-45 connector on the NPT-1020.
To connect the TOD/1PPS timing cable to the NPT-1020: 1.
Route the timing cable along the side of the rack to the appropriate NPT-1020 platform.
2.
Connect the free end of the cable in accordance with the rack installation plan and the cable tags to the TOD/1PPS connector on the NPT-1020 front panel.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
4-52
5
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.1
Overview
In addition to the regular installation of the NPT-1020 in different racks, ECI offers two options for wall-mounted installations:
Wall-mounted cabinet
Wall-mounted frame
These options are ideal for installations in small businesses or home offices (SOHO). The following sections provide detailed procedures for these installations.
5.2
Wall-Mounted Cabinet
The cabinet is 352 mm high, 600 mm wide, and 400 mm deep and has a transparent front door. It includes a rear panel with four support rails to which two 19" vertical extrusions are fastened. The equipment and cabling accessories are attached to these extrusions. The side, top, and bottom covers can easily and quickly be removed, providing comfortable user-friendly access to the interior for installation and management of all components. Figure 5-1: Wall-mounted cabinet general view
The wall-mounted cabinet is shipped dismantled in a flat-pack packaging, saving up to 50 % of transportation volume and facilitating delivery to the point of assembly.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-1
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
5.3
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
Installing the NPT-1020 in a Wall-Mounted Cabinet
The installation of a NPT-1020 in a wall-mounted cabinet includes the following stages: 1.
Installing the wall-mounted cabinet rear panel
2.
Installing cabling accessories
3.
Installing the NPT-1020 platform and ancillary equipment (three DDFs or two DDFs and an AC CONV unit)
4.
Connecting cables and fibers to the NPT-1020 platform and ancillary equipment
5.
Installing the wall-mounted cabinet covers and front door
5.4
Installing the Interior Components Before you start:
Unpack the wall-mounted cabinet components and perform a visual inspection according to the instructions in Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection.
DANGER: Safety cannot be guaranteed if shipping damage is evident! Shipping damage must
be reported to the shipping company and manufacturer immediately upon receipt.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-2
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
The wall-mounted cabinet interior components are shown in the following figure. Figure 5-2: Wall-mounted cabinet interior components
5.4.1 Preparing the Rear Panel Holes To prepare the rear panel holes: 1.
Identify the prescribed location of the rear panel on the wall.
NOTE: Make sure that the wall surface on which the cabinet is mounted is completely flat, so that the front door opens and closes properly.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-3
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
2.
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
Place the enclosed drilling template on the prescribed position; align it at the desired height using a bubble level and secure it to the wall. Figure 5-3: Preparing the rear panel holes
3.
Drill four holes using the four upper holes in the template (the cabinet is 6U high).
NOTE: Use a drill of max. 8 mm.
DANGER: The operator is responsible for the secure mounting of the cabinet to the wall, using appropriate installation materials.
The tools illustrated in the following figure are required for the installation (not supplied with the cabinet). Figure 5-4: Tools required for cabinet installation
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-4
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.4.2 Installing the Rear Panel DANGER: The operator is responsible for the secure mounting of the cabinet to the wall, using appropriate installation materials.
NOTE: Use only the self-tapping screws, supplied with the cabinet.
To install the rear panel: 1.
Place the rear panel on the drilled holes and align it correctly so that it is flat. Place support beneath as required.
2.
Attach the panel to the wall and fasten with four screws. Figure 5-5: Installing the rear panel
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-5
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.4.3 Attaching the Support Rails The rear panel has four holes for attaching support rails.
To attach the support rails: 1.
Identify the four holes in the rear panel for the support rails (see the following figure). Figure 5-6: Installing the support rails
2.
Attach a support rail to the rear panel and fasten with a hex screw using an appropriate hex wrench.
3.
Repeat Step 2 for the other three support rails.
5.4.4 Installing the 19" Vertical Extrusions Two 19" vertical extrusions are attached to the support rails for the installation of equipment and accessories.
To install the 19" vertical extrusions: 1.
Place the extrusion at a distance of 104 mm (approx.) from the support rail edge. Figure 5-7: Installing the 19" vertical extrusions
2.
Attach the extrusion to the upper and lower support rails with two hex screws.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-6
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
3.
Fasten the extrusion with the screws using a hex wrench.
4.
Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the second extrusion.
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.4.5 Installing the C-Rail A C-rail (so called because of its C shape) is attached to the upper side of the rear panel. The C-Rail helps support various cabling accessories.
To install the C-rail: 1.
Identify the two holes for mounting the C-rail on the rear panel.
2.
Place the C-rail on the rear panel. Insert a flat washer and a hex screw in the appropriate hole and fasten the C-rail. Figure 5-8: Installing the C-rail
3.
Repeat Step 2 for the second hole of the C-rail.
5.5
Installing Cabling Accessories
Several accessories are installed inside the cabinet to facilitate cable and fiber routing and to ground it. They include:
Cable guides
Cable clamping bars
Fiber optic protective tube
Grounding cables
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-7
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
Figure 5-9: Cabling accessories installed in the cabinet
5.5.1 Installing Cable Guides Cable guides are installed on both sides of the vertical extrusions and help route cables neatly in the cabinet.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-8
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
Before you start: Identify the cable guide with its components according to the following figure; the cable guide has an installation bracket attached. Figure 5-10: Cabling accessories
To install the cable guides: 1.
Align the cable guide on the side of the extrusion to an approx. height of 178 mm from the lower support rail (see the figure Cabling accessories).
2.
Attach the cable guide to the vertical extrusion with two screws, flat washers, sprig washers and nuts, in the order shown in the figure Cabling accessories.
3.
Fasten the cable guide to the extrusion.
4.
Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for the second cable guide.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-9
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.5.2 Attaching Cable Clamping Bars Two cable clamping bars are attached to the C-rail. They help route cables neatly in the cabinet.
To attach the cable clamping bars: 1.
Identify the cable clamping bar according to the figure Cabling accessories.
2.
Attach the clamping bar on the left side of the C-rail by snapping it on the rail.
3.
Attach the second clamping bar on the right side of the C-rail.
5.5.3 Attaching the Fiber Guide Tube The fiber guide tube facilitates fiber routing in the cabinet. It is attached to the right vertical extrusion, the right cable guide, and the right clamping bar.
To attach the fiber guide tube: 1.
Identify the fiber guide tube attachment points according to the figure Cabling accessories installed in the cabinet.
2.
Attach one end of the fiber guide tube with a cable tie to the right extrusion at a height of approx. 90 mm from the right lower support rail (see the figure Cabling accessories installed in the cabinet).
3.
Shape the tube as shown in the figure Cabling accessories, and attach it to the right cable guide (near the rear panel) with a cable tie.
4.
Attach the other end of the tube to the right clamping bar with a cable tie.
5.5.4 Installing Grounding Cables Five grounding cables must be installed in the wall-mounted cabinet. At one end the cables are attached to the support rails as described in the following procedure. The other end of the cables is connected to the cabinet covers and door during their installation as described in Installing the wall-mounted cabinet covers and door.
To install grounding cables: 1.
Identify the attachment points of the five grounding cables according to the figure Cabling accessories.
2.
Connect the round terminal lug of a grounding cable to the left lower support rail outer hole (near the rear panel) with a hex self-tapping screw; fasten the cable to the support rail using a hex wrench.
3.
Repeat Step 2 to connect four more grounding cables to the following points:
Left lower support rail inner hole, near the rear panel.
Left upper support rail inner hole, near the rear panel.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-10
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Right lower support rail outer hole, near the rear panel.
Right upper support rail inner hole, near the front.
5.6
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
DDF 21 E1s Unit
The DDF unit supports connection of up to 21 E1 lines. The terminal blocks connect the equipment side and the customer's E1 interfaces. The unit is 1U high and can be installed in ETSI or 19" racks using reversible brackets. The DDF is equipped with five connection blocks, each supporting connection of five full E1 lines (transmit and receive). The block can also be wired to serve only transmit or receive lines (total ten lines). The rear side of the DDF tray includes a cable tie comb that facilitates cable wiring. In addition, several cable retainers on the DDF tray help keep wire routing and connection neat. The connection blocks are attached to bushings located in front of the DDF tray. Figure 5-11: DDF general view
5.6.1 Assembling the DDF The DDF comes dismantled and must be assembled in the field. Assembling includes the following steps: 1.
Installing the reversible mounting brackets
2.
Attaching the connection blocks
5.6.1.1 Installing Mounting Brackets The DDF has reversible brackets that by default are assembled for 19" rack installation. If your installation is in a 19" rack, skip this procedure.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-11
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
To attach the brackets for ETSI installation: 1.
Unscrew the six M2.5 x 6 screws (three on each side) attaching the brackets to the DDF tray. Keep the screws for the next steps. Figure 5-12: Installing the brackets for ETSI installation
2.
Rotate the bracket to the ETSI position; in this position the longer part of the bracket is attached to the tray.
3.
Use three M2.5 x 6 screws removed in Step 1 to attach the bracket to the DDF tray.
4.
Fasten the bracket to the DDF.
5.
Repeat Steps 2 to 4 for the second bracket.
5.6.1.2 Attaching Connection Blocks Five connection blocks are attached to the DDF tray. Two blocks are attached to each bushing pair except for the leftmost pair, to which one block is attached. Each block is equipped with a labeling cover that protects the contacts and helps identify the wire connections for maintenance and repair purposes.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-12
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
To attach the connection blocks: 1.
Place the block in front of the corresponding DDF bushing pair as shown in the following figure. Figure 5-13: Attaching the connection blocks
2.
Push the block on the bushings to snap it on.
3.
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to attach the other four connection blocks.
5.6.2 Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF The DDF terminal blocks connect the wires from the equipment and the wires from the customer interfaces. The E1 cables from the equipment are routed to the rear part of the DDF and passed to the connection blocks. The cables from the customer E1 interfaces are routed to the sides of the DDF and connect to the corresponding blocks. The following sections describe the connection of the equipment and the customer lines to the DDF.
5.6.2.1 Connecting Equipment Cables The cables from the equipment are routed to the rear of the DDF tray. The tray has a cable support comb to facilitate cable routing.
To connect an equipment E1 cable: 1.
Route the E1 cable from the equipment to the rear part of the DDF.
2.
Remove the outer cable jacket, as required, to expose the wire pairs.
3.
Use cable ties as needed to attach the cable edge to the cable holder comb.
4.
Route the wire pairs through the plastic frame (at the rear of the block).
5.
Connect each pair to the corresponding block contacts according to the wiring diagram.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-13
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.6.2.2 Connecting Customer Cables Cables from the customer interfaces are routed to the sides of the DDF tray. The tray has cable retainers to help route customer cables neatly.
To connect a customer E1 cable: 1.
Route the E1 cable from the customer's facility to the left or right side of the DDF tray according to the position of the corresponding block.
2.
Remove the outer cable jacket, as required, to expose the wire pairs.
3.
Use cable ties as required to attach the cable edge to the cable retainers.
4.
Route the wire pairs through the plastic frame (at the rear of the block).
5.
Connect each pair to the corresponding block contacts according to the wiring diagram.
5.7
Installing the NPT-1020 and Three DDFs
In this configuration the NPT-1020 and three DDF units are installed in the cabinet. Installation includes the following steps: 1.
Installing clip nuts
2.
Installing the NPT-1020
3.
Installing three DDFs Figure 5-14: Installing an NPT-1020 platform and three DDFs
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-14
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.7.1 Installing Clip Nuts for the NPT and DDFs Sixteen clip nuts, eight on each side, are attached to the two vertical extrusions to support the NPT-1020 and DDFs.
To install the clip nuts: 1.
Identify the locations of the clip nuts according to the following figure: the numbers refer to the distance in mm of the clip nuts from the lowest hole (0 mm).
2.
Place a clip nut in the required place at the rear side of the hole in the right vertical extrusion, and push to snap it in. Figure 5-15: Clip nuts distance in mm (NPT-1020 and three DDFs)
3.
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other seven clip nuts on the right vertical extrusion.
4.
Repeat Steps 1 to 3 to install eight clip nuts on the left vertical extrusion.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-15
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.7.2 Installing the NPT-1020 Platform The NPT-1020 platform is installed at the bottom of the cabinet.
To install the NPT-1020 platform: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1020 in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic Installing the NPT-1020 and Three DDFs.
2.
Place the NPT-1020 platform in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it temporarily in place.
3.
Fasten the platform to the vertical extrusion with four M6 screws and flat washers.
5.7.3 Installing the DDFs The DDFs are installed above the NPT-1020 in the cabinet.
To install the DDFs: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic Installing the NPT-1020 and Three DDFs.
2.
Place the DDF in the prescribed position, and then fasten it to the vertical extrusions with four M6 screws and flat washers.
3.
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other two DDFs.
5.8
Installing the NPT-1020, Two DDFs, and an AC CONV Unit
In this configuration, the NPT-1020, two DDFs, and an AC CONV unit are installed in the cabinet. Installation includes the following steps: 1.
Installing clip nuts
2.
Installing the NPT-1020
3.
Installing two DDFs
4.
Installing the AC CONV unit
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-16
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.8.1 Installing Clip Nuts for the NPT-1020, DDFs, and AC CONV Unit Sixteen clip nuts, eight on each side, are attached to the two vertical extrusions to support the NPT-1020, DDFs, and AC CONV unit installation.
To install the clip nuts: 1.
Identify the locations of the clip nuts according to the following figure. The numbers refer to the distance in mm of the clip nuts from the lowest hole (0 mm).
2.
Place a clip nut in the required place at the rear side of the hole in the right vertical extrusion, and push it to snap in. Figure 5-16: Clip nuts distance in mm (NPT-1020, two DDFs, AC CONV unit)
3.
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other seven clip nuts on the right vertical extrusion.
4.
Repeat Steps 1 to 3 to install eight clip nuts on the left vertical extrusion.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-17
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.8.2 Installing the NPT-1020 Platform The NPT-1020 platform is installed at the bottom of the cabinet.
To install the NPT-1020 platform: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1020 in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic Installing the NPT-1020, Two DDFs, and an AC CONV Unit.
2.
Place the NPT-1020 platform in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to hold it temporarily in place.
3.
Fasten the platform to the vertical extrusion with four M6 screws and flat washers.
5.8.3 Installing DDFs The DDFs are installed above the NPT-1020 in the cabinet.
To install the DDFs: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic Installing the NPT-1020, Two DDFs, and an AC CONV Unit.
2.
Place the DDF in the prescribed position and fasten it to the vertical extrusions with four M6 screws and flat washers.
3.
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the second DDF.
5.8.4 Installing the AC CONV Unit The AC CONV unit is installed in the upper position of the wall-mounted cabinet.
To install the AC CONV unit: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the AC CONV unit in the cabinet according to the figure in the topic Installing the NPT-1020, Two DDFs, and an AC CONV Unit.
2.
Place the AC CONV unit in the prescribed position and fasten it to the vertical extrusions with four M6 screws and flat washers.
5.9
Connecting Cabinet Grounding
The cabinet must be connected to the site grounding bar with a ground cable according to ETSI recommendations. The cabinet is supplied with a main grounding bolt welded to it. The grounding stud is identified by the ground symbol label.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-18
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
The bolt must be free of paint. The cabinet grounding bolt must be connected to the site grounding bar by a grounding cable with a cross section of the same size as the power feeding cable or thicker, as short as possible, in compliance with UL/ETSI recommendations. ECI recommends using a grounding cable of 12 AWG to 16 AWG. The cable must be made of copper strands with a green/yellow jacket and terminated on both sides with bolt terminals.
To ground the cabinet: 1.
Unscrew the nut and spring washer from the grounding bolt (M8 size) in the cabinet. The grounding bolt is marked L2 as shown in the figure Connecting grounding cables.
2.
Connect the grounding cable from the site grounding (terminated with an M8 lug) to the grounding bolt.
3.
Attach the grounding cable with the nut and spring washer removed in Step 1, and fasten the cable to the bolt.
5.10 Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in the Cabinet In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data cables must be routed in the space beneath the NPT-1020 platform and the cabinet floor. All optical fibers are routed through the flexible tube attached to the right side of the cabinet. The side to which the cables are passed is determined by the side of the connectors on the NPT-1020 front panel. For instance, power connectors are on the left side of the NPT-1020, so the power cables are routed on the left side beneath the platform. The cables are then attached to the cable guide on the left side of the cabinet with cable ties. When routing the various types of cables, several principles must be observed to avoid electromagnetic and RF interference:
Traffic cables must not be routed in the same route as power cables.
Optical fibers must always be routed through the special flexible tube only.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-19
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
The following sections provide detailed descriptions of cable and fiber connection and routing. Figure 5-17: Wall-mounted cabinet cabling
5.10.1 Connecting Power Cables The power cables are connected to the corresponding connectors on the NPT-1020 platform.
NOTE: To facilitate power cable routing, it is recommended to start from the NPT-1020 platform towards the power source. To connect power cables: 1.
Connect the connector at the end of the power cable to the power connector on the NPT-1020, and fasten it with its two screws.
2.
Grasp the connector at the other end of the power cable, and thread it through the space beneath the platform.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-20
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
Figure 5-18: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing front view
3.
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the second power cable to be connected to the corresponding connector on the platform.
4.
Bend the cables and thread them through the left cable guide of the cabinet.
5.
Route the cable near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.
6.
Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the cable guide and to the cable clamp.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-21
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
Figure 5-19: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing left side view
7.
Route the cables through the opening in the top cover.
8.
Connect the free ends of the power cables in accordance with the cabinet installation plan and the cable tags to the DC power connectors on the power source.
5.10.2 Connecting Alarm Cables The alarm cable is connected to the corresponding ALARMS connector on the NPT-1020.
To connect the alarm cable: 1.
Connect the connector of the alarm cable, in accordance with the frame installation plan and the cable tags, to the ALARMS connector on the NPT-1020.
2.
Secure the cable connector to the ALARMS connector with the cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.
3.
Bend the cable and route it above the NPT-1020 and through to the left side cable guide.
4.
Route the cable near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.
5.
Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cable holder and to the cable clamp.
6.
Route the cables through the opening in the top cover.
7.
Connect the free ends of the alarm cable in to the customer's facility accordance with the cabinet installation plan and the cable tags.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-22
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.10.3 Connecting Optical Fibers All optical fibers in the NPT-1020 platform are connected to the LC connectors on the SFP/XFP transceivers. Optical fibers must be routed through the flexible tube attached to the right side of the cabinet.
Before you start: CAUTION:
Make sure that all the optical connectors are closed at all times with the appropriate protective caps or with the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective cap until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding connector, and immediately install a protective cap after a cable is disconnected. The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm. Sharp bending of fibers may degrade the optical transmission characteristics.
To connect an optical fiber to a NPT-1020 module/card: 1.
Insert the end of the fiber into the upper end of the flexible tube and pull it at the lower end, near the NPT-1020.
2.
Bring the end of the fiber to the LC connector on the designated module/card. Leave some slack to prevent stress.
3.
Thoroughly clean the connectors of the optical fibers, using an approved cleaning kit.
4.
Remove the cover from the module/card connector and connect the fiber connector to it.
5.
Repeat Steps 1 through 4 for all optical fibers to be connected to NPT-1020 modules/cards.
5.10.4 Routing and Connecting Electrical Traffic Cables Multipair cables are used to connect to the balanced E1 (2 Mbps) interfaces located on E1 modules installed in the NPT-1020. Each cable consists of a total of 21 E1 twisted pairs per cable (transmit or receive). The cable end connecting to the E1 module is terminated with an appropriate male connector.
To connect multipair cables: 1.
Bring the cable connector against the appropriate slot and connect the cable connector to the corresponding module.
2.
Secure the cable connector to the module connector with the two cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually; if the screws cannot be reached with your bare hand, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver.
3.
Bend the cables and thread them through the left side cable guide of the cabinet.
4.
Route the cables near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-23
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
NOTE: The cable route described above assumes that the E1 module is installed on the left
side in the NPT-1020. If it is installed on the right side, perform the same procedural steps but on the cabinet's right side. 5.
Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the cable guide and to the cable clamp.
6.
Use a cabling diagram of the cabinet (or site) to associate module connectors with the appropriate DDF connections. Cut excess cable length if necessary.
7.
If the DDF is installed in the frame, see Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF for connecting the E1 cables to the DDF wiring blocks.
5.10.5 Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables Individual coaxial cables are used to connect to the interfaces located on E3/DS-3 and electrical STM-1 modules. As part of site preparations, suitable cables must be routed from the relevant High Rate DDF (if used) to the intended cabinet location and connected to the coaxial cables with DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors. Leave sufficient length to permit routing the cables to the appropriate level in the cabinet.
To connect coaxial traffic cables to E3/DS-3 or STM-1 modules: 1.
Pull each coaxial cable to the level of the corresponding electrical connection module.
2.
Connect the DIN 1.0/2.3 connector on the cable to the corresponding connector on the module.
3.
Based on the cabinet (or site) cabling diagram, arrange the coaxial cables in groups according to the designated module and route them along the left side of the cabinet.
4.
Bend the cables and thread them through the left side cable guide of the cabinet.
5.
Route the cables near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.
NOTE: The cable route described above assumes that the E3/DS-3 or electrical STM-1 module
is installed on the left side of the NPT-1020. If it is installed on the right side, perform the same procedural steps but on the cabinet's right side. 6.
Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cable guide and to the cable clamp.
7.
Cut excess cable length if necessary.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-24
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.10.6 Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables Timing cables are connected to the T3/T4 connector of the NPT-1020 platform.
To connect a timing cable to the NPT-1020 platform: 1.
Route the timing cables along the side of the cabinet.
2.
Pull the cable down to the level of the T3/T4 connector and bend it until the cable connector is positioned against the timing connector.
3.
Connect the free end of the cable in accordance with the cabinet installation plan and the cable tags to connector T3/T4 on the platform.
4.
Secure each cable connector using its two screws.
5.
Bend the cable and thread it through the right side cable guide of the cabinet.
6.
Route the cables near the right cable clamp on the C-rail.
7.
Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cabinet cable guide and cable clamp.
5.10.7 Connecting Management Cables Management cables are connected to the RJ-45 connectors designated MNG on the NPT-1020 platform. Each cable is terminated with an RJ-45 plug.
To connect management cables to the NPT-1020 platform: 1.
Bring the cable plug against the appropriate connector on the NPT-1020.
2.
Connect the management station cable to the MNG connector of the platform in accordance with the frame installation plan and the cable tags.
3.
Thread the cable through the space above the NPT-1020 and the left side of the cabinet.
4.
Bend the cable and thread it through the left side cable guide of the cabinet.
5.
Route the cables near the right cable clamp on the C-rail.
6.
Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cabinet cable guide and cable clamp.
5.11 Connecting Fibers and Cables to the NPT-1020 in Wall-Mounted Cabinet In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data cables should be routed along the sides of the wall-mounted cabinet. All optical fibers must be routed through the fiber guide tube. Electrical traffic and other cables (DC, alarm, management, timing, and so on) must be routed along the side of the cabinet, and held in place with cable ties. Use detailed practices described in the NPT-1020 Installation Manual for performing the cables routing and connections.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-25
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
In general the electrical traffic cables should not be routed in the same route as power cables. The power connectors on the NPT-1020 are on the left; therefore they should be routed from the left side of the NPT-1020 pass in the space between the NPT-1020 and the unit installed above it. Then the cable should be passed through the left cable guide, routed up to the left cable clamp bar and attached to it with cable ties. It should then be passed upward to the openings in the top cover of the cabinet to the outer world. In a similar way, cable connected to connector on the right side of the NPT-1020, for instance T3/T4 (clock) cable should be routed from the right side of the NPT-1020 in the space between the unit and the unit installed above it. Then the cable should be passed through the right cable guide, routed up to the right cable clamp bar and attached to it with cable ties. The route of fibers connected to the NPT-1020 should always pass through the fiber protection tube. This means that the fiber should be inserted in the tube and come out from its other side from there it should be routed upward to the opening in the top cover of the cabinet.
5.12 Installing the Wall-Mounted Cabinet Covers and Door After completing the equipment installation and cabling, you are ready to install the cabinet covers and door. After each cover is installed, a grounding cable is attached to it.
5.12.1 Installing the Top and Bottom Covers To install the bottom cover: 1.
Slide the bottom cover into place while inserting the two protrusions on the cover into the opposite housing on the rear panel (marked F1 in the following figure). Figure 5-20: Installing top and bottom covers
2.
Fasten the bottom cover to the lower support rails with four self-tapping screws (F2) (two on each side).
3.
Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the bottom cover (see the following figure).
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-26
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
Figure 5-21: Connecting grounding cables
To install the top cover: 1.
Slide the top cover while inserting the two protrusions on the cover into the opposite housing on the rear panel (see the figure Installing top and bottom covers).
2.
Fasten the top cover to the upper support rails with four self-tapping screws (F2) (two on each side).
3.
Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the top cover.
5.12.2 Installing the Side Covers To install the right side cover: 1.
Slide the right side cover into place while inserting the two protrusions on the cover into the opposite housing on the rear panel (marked J1 in the following figure). Figure 5-22: Installing side covers
2.
Fasten the right side cover to the top and bottom covers with two Phillips screws (J2), one on each side.
3.
Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the right side cover (see the following figure).
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-27
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
Figure 5-23: Connecting grounding cables
To install the left side cover: 1.
Slide the left side cover into place while inserting the two protrusions on the cover into the opposite housing on the rear panel (see the figure Installing side covers).
2.
Fasten the left side cover to the top and bottom covers with two Phillips screws (J2), one on each side.
3.
Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the left side cover.
5.12.3 Installing the Front Door To install the front door: 1.
Slide the door upper hinge into the corresponding slot in the top cover (see the following figure). Figure 5-24: Installing the front door
2.
Align the door lower hinge into the corresponding slot in the bottom cover.
3.
Adjust the door to open and close freely.
4.
Fasten the upper and lower hex screws with a hex wrench.
5.
Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the door (see the following figure).
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-28
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
Figure 5-25: Connecting the door grounding cable
5.13 Wall-Mounted Frame The wall-mounted frame is another option for installing the NPT-1020 and accessories in SOHO. The wall-mounted frame is 300 mm high, 600 mm wide, and 350 mm deep. The front transparent cover protects the NPT-1020 traffic and fiber cables against unintended disconnection or bending.
5.14 Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame Wall-mounted frame installation includes the following steps: 1.
Installing the cable supports
2.
Installing the fiber guide tube
3.
Preparing the frame installation holes
4.
Installing the frame
5.14.1 Installing Cable Supports Four cable supports are installed in the wall-mounted frame, two on each side. To facilitate installation, install the cable supports in the frame before attaching the frame to the wall.
To install the cable supports in the frame: 1.
Identify the cable supports according to the following figure; use this figure as reference in the following steps.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-29
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
Figure 5-26: Wall-mounted frame installation
The lower cable support is attached to the frame side in holes 5 and 8 from the bottom as shown in the figure above. 2.
Attach the lower cable support to the frame with four M3 Phill. screws, spring washers, and flat washers.
3.
Fasten the cable support to the frame.
4.
Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for attaching the upper cable support to the frame. (The upper cable support is attached to the frame side in holes 5 and 8 from the top as shown in the figure above.)
5.
Repeat Steps 1 to 4 for installing two cable supports on the other side of the frame.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-30
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.14.2 Attaching the Fiber Guide Tube The fiber guide tube facilitates fiber routing in the frame. It is attached to the right side of the frame and fastened to the cable supports.
To attach the fiber guide tube: 1.
Identify the fiber guide tube attachment points according to the following figure. Figure 5-27: Attaching the fiber guide tube
2.
Attach one end of the fiber guide tube with a cable tie to the lower cable support near the front of the frame.
3.
Shape the tube as shown in the figure, and attach it to the lower cable support (near the rear of the frame) with a cable tie.
4.
Attach the tube to the upper cable support (near the rear of the frame) with a cable tie.
5.14.3 Preparing Installation Holes The wall-mounted frame needs four installation holes.
To prepare the installation holes: 1.
Place the wall-mounted frame on the prescribed location on the wall. Make sure that the wall surface is flat and even.
2.
Use the frame as a template and mark the required holes through the frame. You can use the dimensions (in mm) in the following figure as reference.
3.
Drill four holes in the wall according to the markings.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-31
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.14.4 Attaching the Wall-Mounted Frame DANGER: The
operator is responsible for the secure mounting of the frame to the wall, using appropriate installation practice and materials.
To attach the wall-mounted frame: 1.
Place the frame on the drilled holes and align it flat. Place support beneath as required.
2.
Attach the frame to the wall and fasten it with four screws.
5.15 Installing the NPT-1020 and Accessories in the Wall-Mounted Frame ECI offers four configurations for installing the NPT-1020 and various accessories in the wall-mounted frame. You can select the most suitable configuration according to your application. The configurations are:
NPT-1020 and three DDFs (option 1)
NPT-1020, a DDF, and a RAP-BG (option 2)
NPT-1020, a DDF, and an AC/DC CONV unit (option 4)
NPT-1020 and a DDF (option 5)
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-32
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.15.1 Installing the NPT-1020 and Three DDFs (Option 1) Figure 5-28: Installing a NPT-1020 and three DDFs
To install the NPT-1020: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1020 in the wall-mounted frame.
2.
Attach the NPT-1020 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3.
Fasten the NPT-1020 to the frame.
To install the three DDFs: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the lower DDF in the wall-mounted frame.
2.
Attach the DDF to the frame using four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3.
Fasten the DDF to the frame.
4.
Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for installing the other two DDFs.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-33
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.15.2 Installing the NPT-1020, a DDF, and a RAP-BG (Option 2) To install the NPT-1020: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1020 in the wall-mounted frame.
2.
Attach the NPT-1020 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3.
Fasten the NPT-1020 to the frame.
To install the DDF: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the wall-mounted frame.
2.
Attach the DDF to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3.
Fasten the DDF to the frame.
To install the RAP-BG: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the RAP-BG in the wall-mounted frame.
2.
Attach the RAP-BG to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3.
Fasten the RAP-BG to the frame.
5.15.3 Installing the NPT-1020, a DDF, and an AC/DC CONV (Option 4) To install the NPT-1020: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1020 in the wall-mounted frame.
2.
Attach the NPT-1020 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3.
Fasten the NPT-1020 to the frame.
To install the DDF: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the wall-mounted frame.
2.
Attach the DDF to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3.
Fasten the DDF to the frame.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-34
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
To install the AC/DC CONV: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the AC/DC CONV in the wall-mounted frame.
2.
Attach the AC/DC CONV to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3.
Fasten the AC/DC CONV to the frame.
5.15.4 Installing the NPT-1020 and a DDF (Option 5) To install the NPT-1020: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the NPT-1020 in the wall-mounted frame.
2.
Attach the NPT-1020 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3.
Fasten the NPT-1020 to the frame.
To install the DDF: 1.
Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the wall-mounted frame.
2.
Attach the DDF to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3.
Fasten the DDF to the frame.
5.16 Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame Front Cover The transparent cover protects the NPT-1020 traffic and fiber cables against unintended disconnection or bending. The cover is attached to four holders on the frame's front side. The installation of the cover includes the following steps: 1.
Installing the cover holders
2.
Attaching the transparent cover
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-35
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.16.1 Installing the Cover Holders Four holders are installed in front of the wall-mounted frame.
To install the cover holders: 1.
Identify the cover holder positions on the frame according to the following figure. Figure 5-29: Installing the front cover
2.
Insert a holder into the left upper groove on the frame and attach it with an M4 Phill. screw, spring washer, and flat washer.
3.
Fasten the holder to the frame.
4.
Repeat Steps 2 and 3 to attach a holder to the left lower side of the frame.
5.
Repeat Steps 2 to 4 to install two holders on the right side of the frame.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-36
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.16.2 Attaching the Transparent Protection Cover NOTE:
The protection cover is attached in place only after all cabling functions of the NPT-1020 and the other equipment, described in Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in the Frame, have been completed.
To attach the protection cover: 1.
Identify the cover and the four latch pins according to the figure Installing the front cover.
2.
Insert a latch pin into each corner hole in the cover.
3.
Attach the cover to the holders by inserting the pins into the corresponding holes in the holders.
4.
Push the pin latches into the holders to lock them in place.
5.17 Connecting Wall-Mounted Frame Grounding The frame must be connected to the site grounding bar with a grounding cable according to ETSI recommendations. The frame is supplied with a main grounding bolt welded on the right installation bracket. The grounding stud is identified on the frame by the ground symbol label. The bolt must be free of paint and connected to the site grounding bar by a grounding cable with a cross section of the same size as the power feeding cable or thicker, as short as possible, in compliance with UL/ETSI recommendations. ECI recommends using a grounding cable of 12 AWG to 16 AWG made of copper strands, with a green/yellow jacket and terminated on both sides with bolt terminals.
To ground the wall-mounted frame: 1.
Unscrew the nut and spring washer from the grounding bolt (M6 size) in the frame. The grounding bolt is shown in the figure Routing and connecting cable and fibers in the wall-mounted frame.
2.
Connect the grounding cable from the site grounding, terminated with an M6 lug, to the grounding bolt.
3.
Attach the grounding cable with the nut and spring washer removed in Step 1, and fasten the cable to the bolt.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-37
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.18 Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in the Frame In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data cables are routed in the space beneath the NPT-1020 platform and the frame floor. All optical fibers should be routed through the flexible tube attached to the right side of the wall-mounted frame. The side to which the cables are passed is determined by the side of the connectors on the NPT-1020 front panel. For instance, power connectors are on the left side of the NPT-1020, so power cables are routed on the left side beneath the platform. The cables are then attached to the cable supports on the left side of the frame with cable ties. When routing the various types of cables, observe these principles to avoid electromagnetic and RF interference:
Traffic cables must not be routed in the same route as power cables.
Optical fibers must be routed through the special flexible tube only. Figure 5-30: Routing and connecting cables and fibers in the wall-mounted frame
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-38
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.18.1 Connecting Power Cables The power cables are connected to the corresponding connectors on the NPT-1020 platform.
NOTE:
To facilitate power cable routing, it is recommended to start from the NPT-1020 platform towards the power source.
To connect a power cable: 1.
Connect the connector at the end of the power cable to the power connector of the NPT-1020 and fasten it with its two screws.
2.
Grasp the connector at the other end of the power cable and thread it through the space between the platform and the frame.
3.
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the second power cable to be connected to the corresponding connector on the platform.
4.
Bend the cables and route them adjacent to the left side cable supports. Pull the cables until the cable connectors are positioned against the appropriate connectors on the power source. See the following figure for reference. Figure 5-31: Wall-mounted frame cable routing - left side view
5.
Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the cable supports.
6.
Connect the free ends of the power cables in accordance with the frame installation plan and the cable tags to the DC power connectors on the power source.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-39
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.18.2 Connecting Alarm Cables The alarm cable is connected to the corresponding ALARMS connector on the NPT-1020.
To connect the alarm cable: 1.
Connect the connector of the alarm cable, in accordance with the frame installation plan and the cable tags, to the ALARMS connector on the NPT-1020.
2.
Secure the cable connector to the ALARMS connector with the cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.
3.
Bend the cable and route it above the NPT-1020 and adjacent to the left side cable supports.
4.
Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cable supports.
5.
Connect the free ends of the alarm cable in accordance with the frame installation plan and the cable tags to the customer's facility.
5.18.3 Connecting Optical Fibers All optical fibers in the NPT-1020 platform are connected to the LC connectors on the SFP/XFP transceivers.
Before you start: CAUTION:
Make sure that all the optical connectors are closed at all times with the appropriate protective caps or with the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective cap until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding connector, and immediately install a protective cap after a cable is disconnected. The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm. Sharp bending of fibers may degrade the optical transmission characteristics.
To connect an optical fiber to a NPT-1020 module/card: 1.
Insert the end of the fiber into the upper end of the flexible tube and pull it at the lower end, near the NPT-1020.
2.
Bring the end of the fiber to the LC connector on the designated module/card. Leave some slack to prevent stress.
3.
Thoroughly clean the connectors of the optical fibers, using an approved cleaning kit.
4.
Remove the cover from the module/card connector, and connect the fiber connector to it.
5.
Repeat Steps 1 through 4 for all optical fibers to be connected to NPT-1020 modules/cards.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-40
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.18.4 Routing and Connecting Electrical Traffic Cables Multipair cables are used to connect the balanced E1 (2 Mbps) interfaces located on the NPT-1020 or on E1 modules installed in it. Each cable consists of a total of 21 E1 twisted pairs per cable (transmit or receive). The cable end connecting to the NPT-1020 or to the E1 module is terminated with an appropriate male connector.
To connect multipair cables: 1.
Bring the cable connector against the appropriate slot and connect the cable connector to the corresponding module.
2.
Secure the connector to the module connector with the two cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If the screws cannot be reached with your bare hand, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver.
3.
Bend the cable and thread it through the space above the NPT-1020 and the left side of the frame. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the frame cable supports. See the figure Wall-mounted frame cable routing - left side view for reference.
4.
Use a cabling diagram of the frame (or site) to associate module connectors with the appropriate DDF connections. Cut excess cable length if necessary.
5.
If a DDF is installed in the frame, refer to Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF for connecting the E1 cables to the DDF wiring blocks.
5.18.5 Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables Individual coaxial cables are used to connect to the interfaces located on E3/DS-3 and electrical STM-1 modules. As part of site preparations, suitable cables must be routed from the relevant High Rate DDF (if used) to the intended frame location and connected to the coaxial cables with DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors. Leave sufficient length to permit routing the cables to the appropriate level in the frame.
To connect coaxial traffic cables to E3/DS-3 or STM-1 modules: 1.
Pull each coaxial cable to the level of the corresponding electrical connection module.
2.
Connect the DIN 1.0/2.3 connector on the cable to the corresponding electrical connector on the module.
3.
Based on the frame (or site) cabling diagram, arrange the coaxial cables in groups according to the designated module, and route them along the left side of the frame.
4.
Bend the cables and thread them through the space above the NPT-1020 and the left side of the frame. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the frame cable supports. See the figure Wall-mounted frame cable routing - left side view for reference.
5.
Cut excess cable length if necessary.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-41
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
NPT-1020 Wall-Mounted Installations
5.18.6 Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables Timing cables are connected to the T3/T4 connectors of the NPT-1020.
To connect a timing cable to the NPT-1020 platform: 1.
Route the timing cable along the side of the frame. Fasten the cable to the cable supports, using cable ties.
2.
Pull the cable down to the level of the T3/T4 connectors and bend it until the cable connector is positioned against the timing connector.
3.
Connect the free end of the cable in accordance with the frame installation plan and the cable tags to connector T3/T4 on the platform.
4.
Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the frame cable supports.
5.18.7 Connecting Management Cables The management cables are connected to the RJ-45 connectors designated MNG on the NPT-1020 platform. Each cable is terminated in an RJ-45 plug.
To connect management cables to the NPT-1020 platform: 1.
Bring the cable plug against the appropriate connector on the NPT-1020.
2.
Connect the management station cable to the MNG connector of the platform in accordance with the frame installation plan and the cable tags.
3.
Bend the cable and thread it through the space above the NPT-1020 and the left side of the frame.
4.
Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the frame cable supports.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
5-42
6
Commissioning Tests
6.1
Test Equipment
The following test equipment is required for the commissioning procedures:
PDH transmission analyzer for testing PDH transmission performance
SDH transmission analyzer for testing SDH transmission performance
Data transmission test equipment for testing FE transmission performance
Optical Power Meter (OPM)
Set of optical attenuators with various values
Variable optical attenuator
FC-to-LC adapters
LC/FC optical patch cords
Multimeter
Suitable equipment is available from a wide range of manufacturers and therefore no specific models are listed. You can use any equipment that meets applicable international standards and has satisfactory measurement accuracy over the range of operating parameters and environmental conditions that apply to the specific network. If necessary, contact ECI’s Field Engineering Department for specific recommendations.
6.2
Site Commissioning Tests
Site commissioning tests verify the normal operation of NPT-1020 NEs. Perform the following procedures on each NE at each site:
Verify the cards and modules installed in each platform.
Perform a visual inspection and mechanical checks.
Measure optical levels (see reference data in the NPT Product Line General Description).
6.2.1 Checking Cards and Modules Installed in Each Shelf This check is performed to confirm that the required cards and modules have been installed in each site, and to record their options, revisions, boot version, and serial numbers. The following table provides a typical form for recording the cards and modules installed in a NPT-1020 shelf.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
6-1
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Commissioning Tests
Table 6-1: Card and module inventory Card/module type
Slot
Option
Revision
Boot version
Serial number
BS SMD1B
TS
6.2.2 Visual Inspection and Mechanical Checks The visual inspection checks for proper equipment installation, correct routing and connection of cables, and other tasks, as follows:
Equipment installation documents provide the criteria for proper equipment installation.
The site cabling diagram provides the criteria for proper cabling routing.
After completing the visual inspection tasks (items 1 through 18 in the following table), power on the NPT-1020 platform to perform an additional set of acceptance tests (items 15 through 19 in the following table). These tests check the functions needed for carrying out the network commissioning tests. Consult the NPT Product Line General Description and the NPT Product Line Reference Manual for a description of the various card indicators and their functions. The following table provides a typical list for recording the results of a visual inspection and mechanical check. Table 6-2: Visual inspection and mechanical checks No.
Description of inspection/check 1
Check mechanical mounting of the rack.
2
Check the NPT-1020/EXT-2U installation; make sure that the rail stiffeners are properly installed.
3
Check the ODF and FST installation and fiber connection (if applicable).
4
Check the DDF installation and relevant cable connections (if applicable).
5
Check ICP_MCP30 installation and relevant cable connections (if applicable).
6
Check the grounding cable connections.
7
Check the DC power cable connections (main fuse to RAP, RAP fuse to NPT-1020/EXT-2U platform).
8
Check the network manager station installation (if applicable).
9
Check the installation of modules and cards.
10
Check the connection of relevant cables or fibers for all cards installed.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Results
6-2
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
No.
Commissioning Tests
Description of inspection/check
Results
11
Provide DC supply voltage via the INF-B1U slot PSA to the RAP (-40 V to -75 V).
12
Provide DC supply voltage via the INF-B1U on slot PSB to the RAP (-40 V to -75 V).
13
Power on the platform.
14
Check the proper operation of both RAP power sources by disconnecting one source at a time.
15
Check the communication between the NPT-1020 platform and the LCT-APT via the MNG Ethernet interface.
16
Check the proper operation of all fans.
17
Check LED operation using the LED TEST option in the LCT-APT.
18
Check slot assignment for all relevant cards and modules.
19
Check there are no abnormal alarms.
6.2.3 Measuring Optical Levels These measurements check optical signal levels at the various equipment ports. Before performing any other commissioning test, proper optical levels within the limits specified in the NPT Product Line System Specifications must be achieved for each optical component. Perform these measurements using an OPM configured according to the wavelength at the measurement port. For reliable measurement, do not connect the OPM directly to a port but use a two-meter fiber. When measuring high optical power levels, use attenuators to ensure that the power does not exceed the maximum OPM input level. The following table illustrates a typical data form for optical level measurements. Table 6-3: Measured optical levels Slot
Module type
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Port
Wavelength
Optical transmit level (dBm)
Receive level (dBm)
6-3
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Commissioning Tests
The measured power levels:
Must be within the range of minimum and maximum levels specified in the NPT Product Line General Description for the transceiver plug-in type installed on the corresponding port.
Must be within the expected range according to the optical network plan.
It is usually sufficient to measure the optical levels at the receive ports only. A good port-receive level indicates that the components in the optical path up to that port are properly connected and operating normally. If the result is not satisfactory, perform additional measurements at the transmit port in the remote site.
6.2.4 Platform Power-On Test Procedure To power on the NE: 1.
Perform slot assignments for all the relevant cards and modules in the platform.
2.
After 10 seconds, turn the platform circuit breaker off.
3.
After 30 seconds, turn the platform circuit breaker on. The equipment should automatically return to normal operation, without user intervention and without any abnormal alarms in the system.
6.3
SDH Commissioning Tests
These commissioning tests check that SDH functionality is in accordance with the system specifications.
6.3.1 Test Equipment Setup The SDH tests are performed using a PDH analyzer, OPM, and variable attenuators. Configure the OPM according to the measured wavelength. The test conditions for the various interfaces are described in the following sections. Table 6-4: 2 Mbps tests Framing Unframed Coding
HDB3
Pattern
2 * 10-15 PRBS
Signal rate
2 Mbps
Timing
Internal clock
Inject error
Code error
Table 6-5: 34 Mbps tests Framing Unframed Coding
HDB3
Pattern
2 * 10-15 PRBS
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
6-4
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Signal rate
34 Mbps
Timing
Internal clock
Inject error
Code error
Commissioning Tests
Table 6-6: 45 Mbps tests Framing Unframed Coding
B3ZS
Pattern
2 * 10-15 PRBS
Signal rate
45 Mbps
Timing
Internal clock
Inject error
Code error
NOTE:
For SDH tests configure the test equipment according to the interface type being
tested.
Table 6-7: SDH tests Signal rate STM-1, STM-4, STM-16, STM-64 Mapping
Any mapping (preferably bulk)
Pattern
2 * 10-15 PRBS
Signal rate
155.520 Mbps, 622.080 Mbps
Timing
Received clock
Inject error
BIP error
6.3.2 Network Timing Synchronization Test This test checks that the NPT-1020 NEs synchronize properly and switch to the next priority clock source when a failure occurs.
To perform network timing synchronization test: 1.
Define one NE as the (internal) timing source to which all other NEs are synchronized. This test can be done with an external timing source, if requested.
2.
Define several priorities for the timing source.
3.
Disconnect the Rx fiber connected to the NE defined as the main timing source.
If the NE has two or more timing sources, it synchronizes to the second priority source, and an alarm is generated for the missing main timing source. If the NE has only one timing source, the NE timing is set as “hold-over” and an alarm is generated for the main timing source. Another alarm is generated to indicate that there is no available timing source.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
6-5
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Commissioning Tests
6.3.3 Loss of Signal (LOS) Detection Test This test verifies that NEs recognize alarms and send an alarm notification to the management system for viewing.
To perform a LOS detection test: 1.
Create NEs and links through the management system.
2.
Disconnect the Rx optical fiber from one of the modules. A LOS alarm at the SPI level of this module port appears, together with other alarms generated by the disconnection.
6.3.4 Input Sensitivity Test This test verifies that the input sensitivity of the NPT-1020 optical modules is according to specifications.
To perform an input sensitivity test: 1.
Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2.
Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant endpoint ports).
3.
Connect a variable optical attenuator to one of the fibers of the relevant trail, and set the attenuator to 0 dB.
4.
Increase the attenuation gradually until the test equipment displays a burst of errors.
5.
Connect an OPM to the first Rx point after the variable optical attenuator and measure the total power. The measured optical power level is the input sensitivity of the module.
6.
Verify that the results are in accordance with the NPT Product Line System Specifications.
6.3.5 Equipment Power-On Test This test verifies that the NPT-1020 NEs continue operating properly after a power break, without operator involvement.
To perform an equipment power-on test: 1.
Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2.
Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant endpoint ports).
3.
Shut off the power to one of the nongateway NEs within the relevant trail. Errors and an Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) alarm appear in the test equipment. After approximately seven minutes, an “NE disconnected” alarm appears in the management system current alarm list, and the NE icon turns gray (indicates no communication).
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
6-6
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Commissioning Tests
4.
Power on the NE and wait for it to perform the initial download to all cards/modules in the platform. This can take five minutes.
5.
Verify that the NE is connected to the management station and that there are no relevant alarms in the test equipment or at the management station.
6.3.6 Traffic Stability Test This test verifies that traffic operates according to ITU-T standards.
To perform traffic stability test: 1.
Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2.
Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant endpoint ports).
3.
Run this test for the appropriate time interval according to the following table.
4.
Verify that no alarms appear in the test equipment or at the management station. You should achieve an error-free rate of 1 x 10-11 for 2 Mbps and 1 x 10-12 for all other rates.
Table 6-8: Traffic stability test time intervals 2 Mbps
34/45 Mbps
STM-1/VC-3
STM-4/VC-12
14 hours
7 hours
120 minutes
30 minutes
6.3.7 Path Protection and Nonretrieval Test This test verifies that SNCP traffic operates properly when a failure occurs.
To perform a path protection and nonretrieval test: 1.
Create one protected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2.
Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant endpoint ports).
3.
Disconnect one of the fibers in the active path of the trail. Short alarm bursts of less than 50 msec appear in the test equipment, and the management station reports an alarm in the active path of the trail.
4.
Verify that the trail works properly on the protection path.
5.
Reconnect the optical fiber. The trail remains on the protection path (nonretrieve mode), and there is no alarm in the test equipment.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
6-7
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Commissioning Tests
6.3.8 Severity Assignment Test This test, which is performed on one NPT-1020 NE, determines the level of urgency accorded to each alarm and creates an alarm-handling protocol. When a fault is detected or removed, the NE updates the status of the LEDs and reports the alarm activation or clearing to the management station.
To perform a severity assignment test: 1.
Disconnect a fiber from one of the optical interfaces. An SPI LOS alarm of critical severity appears on the management station for the NPT-1020 and the MJR LED on the NPT-1020 panel turns on.
2.
Reconnect the fiber. The SPI LOS alarm on the management station clears and the MJR LED on the NPT-1020 panel turns off (only if there are no other alarms on the NPT-1020 unit).
3.
Change the severity of the SPI LOS alarm to minor.
4.
Disconnect a fiber from one of the optical interfaces. An SPI LOS alarm of minor severity appears on the management station for the NPT-1020 and the MNR LED on the NPT-1020 panel turns on (only if there is no critical or major alarm on the NPT-1020 unit).
5.
Reconnect the fiber. The SPI LOS alarm on the management station clears and the MNR LED on the NPT-1020 panel turns off (only if there is no other alarm on the NPT-1020 unit).
6.3.9 Transmission Alarm-Handling Test This test verifies that the NPT-1020 NEs can recognize an alarm and send an alarm notification to the management system, and that the management system displays it properly. This procedure tests the following alarms: PDH-LOS, PDH-AIS, and SPI-LOS.
To perform a transmission alarm-handling test: 1.
Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2.
Connect PDH test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE (in the relevant endpoint ports).
3.
Disconnect the Tx cable of the test equipment. The management station reports a LOS alarm for the relevant PDH port.
4.
Set the test equipment to transmit an AIS (AIS = on). The management station reports an AIS alarm for the relevant PDH port.
5.
Disconnect the Rx fiber of an optical port. The management station reports a LOS (SPI-LOS) alarm for the relevant optical port. If ALS = off, the management station reports a far-end optical port MS-RDI alarm. If ALS = on, the management station reports a far-end optical port LOS alarm.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
6-8
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Commissioning Tests
6.3.10 Maintenance Action Test This test verifies that maintenance actions can be performed in the NPT-1020 NEs using the management system. This procedure tests a near-end loopback, forced PDH AIS, forced low-rate RDI, forced high-rate RDI, and forced MS-RDI.
To perform maintenance action test: 1.
Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2.
Connect test equipment to one NE. The PDH test equipment detects an AIS alarm.
3.
Perform a near-end loopback at the other trail endpoint. The AIS alarm in the PDH test equipment clears, and no alarm or error remains on the PDH test equipment.
4.
Using the management station, execute forced AIS on the PDH port that connects to the test equipment. The PDH test equipment detects an AIS alarm.
5.
Using the management station, execute a forced low-rate RDI (or forced high-rate RDI or forced MS-RDI) on a NPT-1020 platform. Another NPT-1020 platform reports a low-rate RDI (or high-rate RDI or MS-RDI) to the management station.
6.4
Data Network Commissioning Tests
The data network commissioning tests check that data functionality is in accordance with system specifications.
6.4.1 Throughput and Latency Tests These tests determine the time it takes to transmit frames through the network, and the maximum amount of data that can pass through the network before frames are lost.
To perform throughput and latency tests: 1.
Create two unprotected Ethernet trails of any rate between two NEs in the network.
2.
Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE through an Ethernet cable.
3.
Configure the test equipment for RFC-2544 throughput and latency measurement.
4.
Measure the throughput and latency for frame sizes 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 1280, and 1518 bytes, and record the results in the appropriate table.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
6-9
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Commissioning Tests
NOTE:
Measured latency is for both the forward and return paths. For a single path, the latency is 50% of the measured value.
The latency test is dependent on the throughput results. For example, if 10 Mbps is tested and the throughput is 4%, the latency test should be for 4 Mbps (2 * VC-12 = 4 Mbps).
Inject traffic according to the assigned bandwidth (VC-12 = 2.048 Mbps). Table 6-9: Throughput and latency test results LAN port and speed
64 bytes/ frame
128 bytes/ frame
256 bytes/ frame
512 bytes/ frame
1024 bytes/ frame
1280 bytes/ frame
1518 bytes/ frame
Throughput Latency
6.4.2 System Recovery and Reset Tests These tests determine the speed at which a device recovers from a buffer overflow condition or from a power failure.
To perform system recovery and reset tests: 1.
Create two unprotected Ethernet trails of any rate (for example, 10/100 Mbps) between two NEs.
2.
Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE (in the relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.
3.
Configure the test equipment for manual testing according to the port rate and for any frame size.
4.
Power off one of the NEs and verify packet loss in the test equipment.
5.
Turn on the NE, wait five minutes, and verify that the errors in the test equipment have cleared.
6.4.3 Frame Loss Rate Test This test determines the number of frames that are lost when the system is overloaded.
To perform a frame loss rate test: 1.
Create two unprotected Ethernet trails between two NEs.
2.
Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE (in the relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.
3.
Configure the test equipment for RFC-2544 for frame loss measurements. Set to 100%. The frame loss rate in % is defined according to the following formula:
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
6-10
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Commissioning Tests
[(input fps) - (output fps)] * 100 / (input fps) fps = frames per second For example, for a 100 Mbps test using 5 * VC-12 = 10 Mbps, with input fps = 148810 and output fps = 14881, the frame loss is: 148810 - 14881 = 133929 (a 90% loss). Table 6-10: Frame loss rate test results Frame size
64 bytes/ frame
128 bytes/ frame
256 bytes/ frame
512 bytes/ frame
1024 bytes/ frame
1280 bytes/ frame
1518 bytes/ frame
Frame rate (% MFR) 100%
6.4.4 Stability Test This test determines the stability of the network by checking that it can function with no errors for a defined period of time.
To perform a stability test: 1.
Create two unprotected Ethernet trails of any rate (for example, 10/100 Mbps) between two NEs.
2.
Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE (in the relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.
3.
Configure the test equipment for manual testing according to the port rate and for any frame size.
4.
Set the transmit rate in the test equipment to about 90% of the trail bandwidth.
5.
Run this test for two hours, and verify that no errors appear in the test equipment.
6.4.5 Alarm-Handling Test This test checks the alarm conditions forced on the NE and the subsequent action carried out by the NE. It tests signal loss to both the data LAN port and to the optical interfaces.
To perform an alarm-handling test: 1.
Create two Ethernet trails of any rate (for example, 10/100 Mbps) between two NEs.
2.
Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of the other NE (in the relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.
3.
Disconnect the test equipment to create a signal loss to the data LAN port. This generates a 10/100 Mbps - Link Down alarm.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
6-11
7
Maintenance
7.1
Overview
This chapter provides maintenance procedures for NPT-1020 equipment. Personnel involved in maintenance must be thoroughly familiar with safety issues, as described in Before You Start.
7.2
Test Equipment, Tools, and Materials
The only tools required for most maintenance activities described in this chapter are an LCT-APT terminal and a multimeter. If you need to make measurements, it is recommended to use equipment of the same type and models used for commissioning tests, see Commissioning Tests. The tools and materials necessary for equipment installation must also be available during maintenance.
7.3
Preventive Maintenance
The purpose of preventive maintenance activities is to keep the NPT-1020 hardware in good condition, and detect and correct as soon as possible any condition that may lead to deterioration and equipment malfunction. Record the execution of the various activities and their results according to the procedures used in your organization. Table 7-1: Preventive maintenance inspection and checks Item
Inspection/Check
Intervals* W
M
1
Visually inspect the condition of cables and fibers. Check for correct routing (no sharp bends) and proper support to avoid stress. Avoid touching fibers during the inspection, except as required to correct problems.
2
Inspect equipment racks and cases, connection terminals, grounding, etc. Pay special attention to any signs of corrosion.
X
3
Check the condition of rack front doors and RFI fingers. Clean as necessary with approved cleaning agents.
X
4
Whenever applicable, inspect ancillary equipment (air conditioners, lighting, distribution panels, etc.) and their power sources.
X
5
Check that all unused optical connectors are covered by protective covers. Add covers as necessary.
X
6
Check that cards and modules are securely attached. All module fastening screws must be tight (tighten only manually).
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Q
X
X
7-1
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Item
Inspection/Check
Maintenance
Intervals* W
7
Check for proper operation of the fans (no abnormal noise and vibrations) in all NEs.
8
Clean all areas around the platform in the rack and the rack’s front door (if applicable), using a vacuum cleaner.
9
Check that the cables connecting the DC power sources (main and backup) to the RAP are properly connected.
X
10
Check that the external alarm cables are properly connected to the RAP.
X
11
Check there are no alarm indications on the cards and modules.
X
12
Check that all RAP LEDs turn on and that the buzzer sounds while the POWER ON pushbutton on the RAP panel is pressed.
X
13
Check that all card and module LEDs turn on when performing the LED TEST operation using the LCT-APT. Note: LEDs for FE interfaces and LEDs for Laser On indications are not checked by the LED test operation.
X
14
Perform a visual check of LED indications.
X
* Legend:
7.4
W weekly
M
Q
X X
M monthly Q quarterly
Onsite Troubleshooting
The purpose of onsite troubleshooting is to identify the hardware causing the malfunction and return the equipment to normal operation as soon as possible. Troubleshooting is usually initiated in response to one of the following conditions:
Alarm or performance degradation reported by the management station.
Alarm or malfunction detected onsite by maintenance personnel, either as a result of a troubleshooting activity initiated by the management center personnel or as a result of a periodic inspection or preventive maintenance action. Many problems can be detected via the various indicators available on the NPT-1020 system components.
This chapter assumes familiarity with the NPT-1020, with SDH data, and with the LightSoft and EMS-APT management stations. See the respective user manual for details on the various capabilities of the management stations and for instructions on performing the necessary activities. The following sections provide procedures for performing onsite troubleshooting for various trouble categories. For each category, a troubleshooting table provides instructions for identifying the problem.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
7-2
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Maintenance
To use the troubleshooting table: 1.
Identify the closest description of the trouble symptoms under “Symptoms”.
2.
Perform the required corrective actions listed under “Corrective actions” in the order they appear, until the trouble is corrected.
7.4.1 Troubleshooting Power Problems Table 7-2: Troubleshooting power problems No.
Symptoms
Probable cause
Corrective actions
1
RAP POWER ON indicator off
Both main and backup power sources failed
Equipment problem
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Check the site power distribution system. Check the DC voltage at the main and backup power terminals of the RAP. If the voltage is not within the correct range, check cable connections up to the DC power distribution panel and make sure no fuses are blown. Check the voltage supplied by the main and backup power sources. Check the power connections to the RAP. Check the circuit breakers in the RAP and replace if necessary.
Check the voltage at the NPT-1020 and EXT-2U end of each power cable. Replace the cable or repair the RAP if there is no voltage present. Check and reconnect cables to the equipment, one by one. If the circuit breaker trips again when connecting a specific unit, replace that unit.
7-3
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
No.
Symptoms
Probable cause
2
All LEDs and fans in No input power to the NPT-1020 off corresponding unit
Maintenance
Corrective actions
3
NPT-1020 card FAIL indicator on
Technical failure in the corresponding unit
Check the corresponding circuit breaker in the RAP, and reset any tripped breaker. Check the circuit breakers in the RAP and replace if necessary. If the circuit breaker trips again, disconnect the cable protected by the corresponding circuit breaker from the equipment, and check the voltage polarity. Check the power cable condition and make sure the cable is not damaged and does not cause short circuits. Check proper cable connection at both ends.
Consult General troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1020 power-on, based on LEDs on its front panel for guidance in resolving the problem. If the problem still exists after Step 1, replace the unit.
7.4.2 Troubleshooting Using Component Indicators The management station will usually provide onsite personnel with a list of suspected components. Start the troubleshooting of a suspected component by checking its indicators. These indicators, located on the various cards and modules, can help you to rapidly and efficiently identify a malfunctioning component in accordance with the procedures outlined in the following tables.
NOTE: For a description of indicator functions, see the NPT Product Line Reference Manual.
CAUTION: The following corrective actions are traffic-affecting.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
7-4
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Maintenance
Table 7-3: General troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1020 power-on Symptom
Probable cause
Corrective actions
Indicators on MXC panel FAIL
ACT
MJR
MNR
Off
Blink
Off
Boot selection non-existent or hardware fault
On
Off
Off
Off
BIT of SDRAM failed
On
Off
On
Off
Boot code not found by boot selection
On
Off
Off
Off
BIT of SDRAM failed
On
Off
Off
On
BIT of Flash failed
On
Blink
Blink
Blink
Illogical parameters, such as the ID or gateway
On
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Power off and wait a few minutes before powering on again. Wait a minute at most. The ACT indicator should flash and the FAIL indicator should be off. If not, replace the NPT-1020 unit. Power off and wait a few minutes before powering on again. Wait a minute at most. The ACT indicator should flash and the FAIL indicator should be off. If not, replace the NPT-1020 unit. Power off and wait a few minutes before powering on again. Wait a minute at most. The ACT indicator should flash and the FAIL indicator should be off. If not, replace the NPT-1020 unit. Power off and wait a few minutes before powering on again. Wait a minute at most. The ACT indicator should flash and the FAIL indicator should be off. If not, replace the NPT-1020 unit. Power off and wait a few minutes before powering on again. Wait a minute at most. The ACT indicator should flash and the FAIL indicator should be off. If not, replace the NPT-1020 unit. Reset the card. When the ACT indicator is off and the MNR indicator flashes after reset, modify the incorrect parameters using the Boot Configuration Tool. After incorrect parameters are modified correctly, reset the card again. The ACT indicator should flash and the FAIL indicator should be off after resetting. If the FAIL indicator remains on, replace the NPT-1020 unit.
7-5
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Symptom
Maintenance
Probable cause
Corrective actions
Indicators on MXC panel FAIL
ACT
MJR
MNR
On
Blink
Blink
Off
Nonexecutable application software
On
On
On
On
Unsuccessfully executed Power off and wait a few minutes before application software powering on again. When the ACT indicator is off and the MNR indicator flashes after power-on, download the embedded software using the Boot Configuration Tool. After the embedded software is completely downloaded to the card, power off and then power on the card again. The ACT indicator should flash and the FAIL indicator should be off after power-on if the problem is due to a damaged software bank. If the FAIL indicator remains on, replace the NPT-1020 unit.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Power off and wait a few minutes before powering on again. When the ACT indicator is off and the MNR indicator flashes after power-on, download the embedded software using the Boot Configuration Tool. After the embedded software is completely downloaded to the card, power off and then power on the card again. The ACT indicator should flash and the FAIL indicator should be off after power-on if the problem is due to a damaged software bank. If the FAIL indicator remains on, replace the NPT-1020 unit.
7-6
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Symptom
Maintenance
Probable cause
Corrective actions
Indicators on MXC panel FAIL
ACT
MJR
MNR
Blink
Blink
Blink
Blink
FPGA file on MXC downloaded unsuccessfully
Blink
Blink
Blink
Off
NPT-1020 initializes unsuccessfully
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Power off and wait a few minutes before powering on again. When the ACT indicator is off and the MNR indicator flashes after power-on, download the embedded software package using the Boot Configuration Tool. After the embedded software package is completely downloaded to the card, power off and then power on the card again. The ACT indicator should flash and the FAIL indicator should be off after power-on if the problem is due to a damaged software bank. If the FAIL indicator remains on, replace the NPT-1020 unit. Power off and wait a few minutes before powering on again. Wait a minute at most. The ACT indicator should flash and the FAIL indicator should be off. If not, replace the NPT-1020 unit.
7-7
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Maintenance
Table 7-4: General troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1020 No. Symptoms 1
Probable cause
Green ACT indicator not Damaged software or flashing, and the status defective card always on
Corrective actions
Perform a warm reset on the NPT-1020 by pressing the RST button. If the ACT indicator starts to flash, keep watching for five minutes to ensure that the problem has been solved. If the ACT indicator does not flash, reset the NPT-1020 using the LCT-APT and download the embedded software using the Boot Configuration Tool. If the ACT indicator starts to flash, keep watching for five minutes to ensure that the problem has been solved. If the ACT indicator does not flash, power-off the NPT-1020 and wait a minute before powering it on. Consult the previous table, "General troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1020 power-on" for guidance in resolving the problem.
2
Green ACT indicator not Defective indicator flashing, and the status always off
Select Maintenance > LED Test in the LCT-APT menu, and check that the indicator blinks for some time. If not, replace the card/module.
3
Red FAIL indicator on or Damaged software or defective card not turning off after power-on and resetting
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Perform a warm reset on the NPT-1020 by pressing the RST button. If the FAIL indicator is on, reset the NPT-1020 using the LCT-APT and download the embedded software using the Boot Configuration Tool. If the Fail indicator is on, power-off the NPT-1020 and wait a minute before powering it on. Consult the previous table, "General troubleshooting procedures for NPT-1020 power-on" for guidance in resolving the problem.
7-8
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
No. Symptoms
Probable cause
Maintenance
Corrective actions
4
Left green LED in the Link down or defective PORT 1-PORT 8 RJ-45 off indicator
No trail on the corresponding Ethernet ports indicates a normal state. If there are trails on the corresponding Ethernet ports, check whether there are SSF or CSF alarms in the corresponding Ethernet trails. If yes, try to find the reason for the SSF or CSF problems and solve them, and check the link status again. Make sure the cable connected to the corresponding port is not damaged. Connect the cable to an Ethernet analyzer. If a normal signal is detected, the indicator is defective or the port is unavailable. Replace the NPT-1020 unit.
5
Right orange LED in the 10/100 Mbps link or PORT 1-PORT 8 RJ-45 off defective indicator
Check the port attributes in the LCT-APT. If the speed status is 10/100 Mbps, it is in normal state. If the speed status in the LCT-APT is 10/100 Mbps, the NPT-1020 or indicator is defective. Replace the NPT-1020 unit.
Table 7-5: General troubleshooting procedures for optical transceiver plug-ins No. Symptom 1
Probable cause
Green transceiver Laser SFP module damage On indicator off
Incorrect configuration
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Corrective actions On the LCT-APT, if the SFP type cannot be successfully obtained, the IDPROM of the SFP module may be damaged. Replace the module. If the SFP type information is consistent with the expected SFP type, force the laser on through the LCT-APT. The laser on indicator should be on. If not, the SFP module or the optical module is damaged. Replace the damaged module.
On the LCT-APT, check whether there is an SFP-type-mismatch alarm in the corresponding optical interface. If yes, check the expected SFP type first. Correct it if it is not correct. Then, check the SFP module type. If it is not the same as the expected SFP type, replace the SFP module with the proper type.
7-9
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
No. Symptom
Maintenance
Probable cause
Corrective actions
Corresponding optical transmitter may have been turned off by the ALS function (see the following note)
Check that all the fibers are properly connected to the corresponding optical transceiver. When available, select Maintenance > Laser Management > Laser Switch > Force Laser On in the LCT-APT to activate the corresponding laser. Use an OPM to measure the output optical power. If the output optical power is not within the range of minimum and maximum levels specified in the NPT-1020 System Specifications during a 90-second period, the problem is in the transmit side of the transceiver. Remove and reinsert the transceiver. Check the output optical power again. If the output optical power is still not within the range of minimum and maximum levels specified in the NPT-1020 System Specifications, replace the transceiver. If the problem persists, check the received optical power with an OPM. If the optical power is within the range of minimum and maximum levels specified in the NPT-1020 System Specifications, replace the transceiver. If the problem persists after following the previous steps, check the remote site. If there are no problems on both sites, the problem may be in the optical fiber between the two sites.
NOTE: Be sure to turn on the ALS function after performing all checks.
NOTE: An optical port with ALS capability turns off its transmitter when the corresponding receive signal is lost. Turning the transmitter off may cause a chain reaction, which turns the optical signals off in a whole section of the network and generates a large number of alarms. As a result, it may be difficult to identify the real cause of the problem, and you may need to use the management station log records to identify the port.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
7-10
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Maintenance
Table 7-6: Troubleshooting procedures for PME1_21/PME1_63/DMCES1_4/MSE1_16 cards No. Symptoms 1
2
Probable cause
Green ACT indicator off Defective indicator
Select Maintenance > LED Test in the LCT-APT menu and check that the indicator blinks for some time. If not, replace the module.
FPGA in module downloaded unsuccessfully
Defective module
Red FAIL indicator on or Defective card/module not turning off after power-on and reset
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Corrective actions
Power off and wait a few minutes before powering on again. If the Green ACT indicator is still off, download and activate the NE embedded software package either through the LCT-APT or Boot Configuration Tool. After the new embedded software package is activated, the ACT indicator should be on and the FAIL indicator should be off. If the ACT indicator is still off, replace the module. If the ACT indicator is still off, replace the NPT-1020 unit. Perform a warm reset on the NPT-1020 by pushing the RST button. If the FAIL indicator is on after reset, download and activate the NE embedded software package either through the LCT-APT or Boot Configuration Tool. After the software is completely downloaded to the NPT-1020, the ACT indicator should be on and the FAIL indicator should be off. If the FAIL indicator turns on again, replace the module.
7-11
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Maintenance
Table 7-7: Troubleshooting procedures for SMD1B/SMS4 cards No. Symptoms 1
2
Probable cause
Green ACT indicator off Defective indicator
Corrective actions Select Maintenance > LED Test in the LCT-APT menu and check that the indicator blinks for some time. If not, replace the module.
FPGA in module downloaded unsuccessfully
Defective module
Damaged software or Red FAIL indicator on or not turning off after defective card/module power-on and reset
Power off and wait a few minutes before powering on again. If the Green ACT indicator is still off, download and activate the NE embedded software package either through the LCT-APT or the Boot Configuration Tool. After the new embedded software package is activated, the ACT indicator should be on and the FAIL indicator should be off. If the ACT indicator is still off, replace the module. If the ACT indicator is still off, replace the NPT-1020 unit. Perform a warm reset on the NPT-1020 by pushing the RST button. If the FAIL indicator is on after reset, download and activate the NE embedded software package either through the LCT-APT or the Boot Configuration Tool. After the software is completely downloaded to the NPT-1020, the ACT indicator should be on and the FAIL indicator should be off. If the FAIL indicator turns on again, replace the module.
Table 7-8: General troubleshooting procedures for extended cards PE1_63/P345_3E/ SM_10E/EM_10E/S1_4/P345_3E/DMCE1_32 No. Symptoms
Probable cause
Corrective actions
1
Both red FAIL indicator Boot damaged and red Alarm indicator do not turn off after power-on
Extract the card and reinsert it into the extended slot on the EXT-2U. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the module.
2
Green ACT indicator off
Select Maintenance > LED Test in the LCT-APT menu and check that the indicator blinks for some time. If not, replace the module.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Defective indicator
7-12
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
No. Symptoms
3
Maintenance
Probable cause
Corrective actions
FPGA in module downloaded unsuccessfully
Defective module
Red FAIL indicator on Embedded software and or not turning off after FPGA not downloaded power-on and reset
Damaged software or defective card/module
Power off and wait a few minutes before powering on again. If the Green ACT indicator is still off, download and activate the NE embedded software package either through the LCT-APT or the Boot Configuration Tool. After the new embedded software package is activated, the ACT indicator should be on and the FAIL indicator should be off. If the ACT indicator is still off, replace the module. If the ACT indicator is still off, replace the NPT-1020 unit. Power off and wait a few minutes before powering on again. If the Red FAIL indicator is still on, download and activate the NE embedded software package either through the LCT-APT or the Boot Configuration Tool. After the new embedded software package is activated, the ACT indicator should be on and the FAIL indicator should be off.
Perform a warm reset on the NPT-1020 by pushing the RST button. If the FAIL indicator is on after reset, download and activate the NE embedded software package either through the LCT-APT or the Boot Configuration Tool. After the software is completely downloaded to the NPT-1020, the ACT indicator should be on and the FAIL indicator should be off. If the FAIL indicator turns on again, replace the module.
Table 7-9: Special troubleshooting procedures for P345_3E cards No. Symptoms
Probable cause
Corrective actions
1
Corresponding port configured to E3
Check with the management station operator to determine whether the module has already been configured for DS-3. If not, ignore the state of the Mode indicator.
Defective indicators
If the port is in DS-3 mode, the indicator should be on. If not, replace the module.
Orange mode indicator off
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
7-13
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Maintenance
Table 7-10: General troubleshooting procedures for daughterboards on SM_10E/EM_10E cards No. Symptoms
Probable cause
Corrective actions
1
Defective indicator or defective daughterboard
Defective Dslot on SM_10E/EM_10E
If replacing the daughterboard does not resolve the problem, replace the SM_10E/EM_10E card.
BIT fail
Replace the module.
2
Green ACT indicator off after power-on or reset
Red FAIL indicator on after power-on or reset
7.5
Check whether the SM_10E/EM_10E card is running, meaning that the ACT LED is blinking. If yes, extract the daughterboard and reinsert it again. If the Green ACT indicator does not turn on too, replace the daughterboard.
Replacing Cards and Modules
The following sections provide procedures for replacing cards and modules in the NPT-1020.
7.5.1 Safety and Workmanship Refer to Before You Start for safety and workmanship instructions.
CAUTION: Static Sensitive Devices PROPER HANDLING AND GROUNDING PRECAUTIONS REQUIRED NPT-1020 equipment contains components sensitive to ESD. To prevent ESD damage, strictly observe all the precautions listed in Protection Against ESD. Keep parts and cards in their antistatic packaging material until you are ready to install them. Use an antistatic wrist strap connected to a grounded equipment frame or rack when handling cards and modules during installation, removal, or connection to internal connectors.
Before you start: When inserting cards and modules, be sure to carefully align the card/module with the platform guide rails. If you feel resistance during insertion, immediately retract the card/module and repeat the process. Hold the card/module straight during insertion and removal, and pull or push it slowly and carefully to avoid touching components located on adjacent cards/modules. Do not use excessive torque when tightening the fastening screws of cards and modules. Visually inspect the card and the mating backplane connectors and make sure that there are no signs of physical damage. In particular, check for bent connector pins.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
7-14
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Maintenance
Before replacing any card, module, or optical transceiver: 1.
Check that the replacement component has not been physically damaged during shipment.
2.
Remove the replacement component from its antistatic protection packaging, and perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipment. Report any problems.
3.
Record the hardware and software versions as indicated on the component identification labels, and make sure they are compatible with those of the component to be replaced.
After replacing a component:
0.
1.
Place it in its antistatic protection packaging and close it.
2.
Attach a report to the packaging explaining the reason for the replacement, and identify the network site, physical location, platform, and time of replacement.
7.5.2 Replacing Tslot Cards To replace a Tslot card in the NPT-1020 platform: 1.
Mark each cable connected to the Tslot card for identification purposes.
2.
Disconnect all cables connecting the Tslot card.
3.
Loosen and remove the two screws.
4.
Hold the handle on the Tslot card panel and pull the card to be replaced outward until it is released from the backplane.
5.
Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the card out of the platform.
6.
Insert the rear end of the replacement card into the corresponding card guides.
7.
Push the replacement card in until the front panel of the card is flush with the front of the NPT-1020 platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the card out and repeat the procedure.
8.
Close the screws on the panel to fasten the card to the NPT-1020 platform.
9.
Reconnect all cables for the Tslot card according to the cable marks.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
7-15
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Maintenance
7.5.3 Replacing Eslot Cards NOTE: All Eslot cards support live insertion. There is no need to power-off the NPT-1020 or the EXT-2U units when replacing them.
To replace an Eslot card in the EXT-2U platform: 1.
Mark each cable connected to the Eslot card for identification purposes.
2.
Disconnect all cables connecting the Eslot card.
3.
Loosen and remove the two screws.
4.
Hold the handles on the Eslot card panel and pull the module to be replaced outward until it is released from the backplane.
5.
Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the module out of the platform.
6.
Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding module guides.
7.
Push the replacement module in until the front panel of the module is flush with the front of the EXT-2U platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
8.
Close the screws on the panel to fasten the module to the EXT-2U platform.
9.
Reconnect all cables for the Eslot card according to the cable marks.
7.5.4 Replacing Traffic Modules on the SM_10E/EM_10E NOTE: All traffic modules on the SM_10E/EM_10E support live insertion. There is no need to extract the SM_10E/EM_10E card when replacing a module.
To replace a traffic module on the SM_10E/EM_10E: 1.
Mark each cable connected to the traffic module on the SM_10E/EM_10E card for identification purposes.
2.
Disconnect all cables connecting the traffic module.
3.
Loosen and remove the two screws.
4.
Hold the handles on the traffic module panel and pull the module to be replaced outward until it is released from the SM_10E/EM_10E card.
5.
Continue to hold the handle and gently pull the module out of the card.
6.
Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding module guides.
7.
Push the replacement module in until the front panel of the module is flush with the front of the SM_10E/EM_10E card. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
7-16
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
8.
Close the screws on the panel to fasten the module to the SM_10E/EM_10E card.
9.
Reconnect all cables for the traffic module according to the cable marks.
Maintenance
7.5.5 Replacing ICPs for the SM_10E/EM_10E To replace an ICP for the SM_10E/EM_10E: 1.
Mark each cable connected to the ICP for identification purposes.
2.
Disconnect all cables connecting the ICP.
3.
Loosen and remove the four screws.
4.
Replace the ICP and close the screws to fasten the ICP to the platform.
5.
Reconnect all cables for the ICP according to the cable marks.
7.5.6 Replacing Power Modules CAUTION:
If using a DC power supply, each NPT-1020/EXT-2U platform has two power modules. Replacing the power module therefore does not cause the NE to power off.
Replace INF-B1U/INF-E2U modules one at a time so that the system is not powered off.
To replace the power module: 1.
Cut off the power source connected to the power module by turning off the corresponding power switch on the RAP.
2.
Disconnect the power cable from the replaced power module on the panel.
3.
Open the two screws fastening the power module to the platform.
4.
Hold the handle on the panel and pull the module to be replaced outward until it is released from the backplane.
5.
Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the module out of the platform.
6.
Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding module guides.
7.
Push the replacement module in until the front panel of the module is flush with the front of the NPT-1020 or EXT-2U platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
8.
Close the screws on the panel to fasten the module to the NPT-1020 or EXT-2U platform.
9.
Reconnect the power cable to the replacement power module.
10.
Turn on the power switch on the RAP.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
7-17
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Maintenance
7.5.7 Replacing SFP/CSFP/SFP+ Transceivers ECI supplies field-replaceable SFP/CSFP/SFP+ transceivers in all optical and electrical STM-1 interfaces. Hot swapping is allowed, provided you observe the safety precautions described in Before You Start during the replacement.
To replace an SFP/CSFP/SFP+ transceiver: 1.
Mark each fiber or cable connected to the transceiver for identification purposes.
2.
Identify the position of the SFP/CSFP/SFP+ transceiver to be replaced.
3.
Disconnect the fibers or cables connected to the transceiver.
4.
Remove the transceiver plug-in by pulling its tab.
5.
Insert the rear end of the replacement transceiver plug-in into the prescribed position, and push slowly backward to mate its rear connector with the corresponding optical interface module connector until the transceiver clicks into place (see the following figure). If you feel resistance before the transceiver plug-in is fully inserted, retract the transceiver and repeat the process. Figure 7-1: Inserting an SFP/CSFP/SFP+ transceiver into a module
6.
Reconnect the fibers or cables disconnected in Step 3.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
7-18
8
Connection Data
8.1
Overview
This chapter provides connection data for the user connectors located in the NPT-1020/EXT-2U platforms and associated ancillary equipment supplied by ECI. Any connectors not described in this appendix are reserved for use by ECI technical support personnel and/or future expansion, and therefore no user equipment may be connected to them.
8.2
INF-B1U/INF-B1U-D/INF-E2U DC Input Power Connectors
The DC input power connectors, designated POWER IN, are 3-pin D-type male connectors located on the INF-B1U/INF-B1U-D/INF-E2U panels. The following figure identifies the functions of the POWER IN connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. Figure 8-1: POWER IN input power connector, pin functions
8.3
AC_PS-B1U/AC_PS-E2U AC Input Power Connectors
AC input power connectors are located on the AC_PS-B1U/AC_PS-E2U front panel, as shown in the following figure. Figure 8-2: AC input power connector
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-1
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
8.4
Connection Data
T3/T4 Timing Connector
The T3/T4 timing connector is an RJ-45 connector located on the NPT-1020 panel and designated T3/T4. The interface includes a group of lines that are usually connected to the site timing reference distribution subsystem:
Clock input (T3 2.048 Mbps or 2.048 MHz signal, ITU-T Rec. G.703 interface; T3 1.544 Mbps or 1.544 MHz signal, ITU-T Rec. G.703 interface)
Clock output (T4 2.048 Mbps or 2.048 MHz signal, ITU-T Rec. G.703 interface; 1.544 Mbps or 1.544 MHz signal, ITU-T Rec. G.703 interface)
The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists the pin assignment for the connector. It also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting between the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Figure 8-3: T3/T4 connector, pin identification
Table 8-1: T3/T4 connector, PIN identification Pin
Name
1
CLK2MHZ_IN(A)
2
CLK2MHZ_IN(B)
3
CLK2MHZ_OUT(A)
4
CLK2MHZ_OUT(B)
5
CLK2MBIT_IN(A)
2.048/1.544 Mbps clock Input input
Brown/White-ring
6
CLK2MBIT_IN(B)
Input
White/Brown-ring
7
CLK2MBIT_OUT(A)
2.048/1.544 Mbps clock Output output
Orange/White-ring
8
CLK2MBIT_OUT(B)
Output
White/Orange-ring
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Function 2.048/1.544 MHz clock input 2.048/1.544 MHz clock output
Direction
Wire color
Input
Blue/White-ring
Input
White/Blue-ring
Output
Green/White-ring
Output
White/Green-ring
8-2
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
8.5
Connection Data
1PPS/ToD Timing Connector
The 1PPS/ToD timing connector is an RJ-45 connector located on the NPT-1020 panel and designated 1PPS/ToD. The interface includes a group of lines that are usually connected to the site timing reference distribution subsystem. The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists the pin assignment for the connector. It also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting between the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Figure 8-4: 1PPS/ToD connector, pin identification
Table 8-2: 1PPD/ToD connector, PIN identification Pin
Name
Function
Direction
1
1PPS_P
1PPS RS422 signal
Input/Output
2
1PPS_N
1PPS RS422 signal
Input/Output
3
--
--
--
4
GND
--
--
5
GND
Time of Day character
--
6
--
--
--
7
TOD_P
Time of Day character
Input/Output
8
TOD_N
Time of Day character
Input/Output
8.6
Alarms Connector
The Alarms connector, designated ALARMS, is a 15-pin D-type male connector on the NPT-1020 panel that provides an alarm interface connecting to the RAP. The connector supports two groups of lines:
Four external alarm input lines. The alarm input lines are monitored by the NPT-1020 management subsystem. Each input is connected to the input diode of an optocoupler.
Three alarm output lines. Each output is provided by a relay dry contact.
Relay contact ratings are 75 V in open state and 1 A in closed state. The ALARMS connector can be connected in one of the following configurations:
Direct connection to a customer’s alarms collection facilities
Connection to the RAP
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-3
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
ECI offers appropriate cables for each of these configurations. The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The following table lists the connector pin assignment. Figure 8-5: Alarms connector, pin identification
Table 8-3: Alarms connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
ALARM_IN1(A)
First alarm input
Input
Brown
6
ALARM_IN1(B)
Input
Brown/Gray ring
2
ALARM_IN2(A)
Input
Red
7
ALARM_IN2(B)
Input
Red/Gray ring
3
ALARM_IN3(A)
Input
Orange
8
ALARM_IN3(A)
Input
Orange/Gray ring
4
ALARM_IN4(A)
Input
Yellow
9
ALARM_IN4(B)
Input
Yellow/Gray ring
11
ALARM_OUT1(A)
Output
Blue
12
ALARM_OUT1(B)
Output
Blue/Gray ring
13
ALARM_OUT2(A)
Output
Violet
14
ALARM_OUT2(B)
Output
Violet/Gray ring
5
ALARM_OUT3(A)
Third alarm output, common
Output
Green
10
ALARM_OUT3(B1)
Third alarm output, normally closed
Output
Green/Gray ring
15
ALARM_OUT3(B2)
Third alarm output, normally open
Output
White
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Second alarm input
Third alarm input
Fourth alarm input
First alarm output
Second alarm output
8-4
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
8.7
Connection Data
NPT-1020 Built-in E1 Connector
The NPT-1020 provides 21 built-in balanced E1 tributary interfaces through a twin 68-pin VHDCI female connectors. The connector serves the 21 × E1 receive and transmit signals. The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The following tables list the pin assignment for the connectors. They also list the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cable offered by ECI for connecting between the tributary connector and a distribution frame. The tables refer to the connectors as marked in the figure, (P1) for the upper connector, and (P2) for the lower connector. Figure 8-6: NPT-1020 buit-in E1 connector pin identification
Table 8-4: NPT-1020 E1 connector (P2), pin assignment P2 pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
---
Not connected
---
---
2
TTIP11
Transmit, tributary 11, wire A
Output
Brown
3
TRING11
Transmit, tributary 11, wire B
Output
Brown/Gray ring
4
---
Not connected
---
---
5
---
Not connected
---
---
6
TTIP10
Transmit, tributary 10, wire A
Output
Red
7
TRING10
Transmit, tributary 10, wire B
Output
Red/Gray ring
8
TTIP9
Transmit, tributary 9, wire A
Output
Orange
9
TRING9
Transmit, tributary 9, wire B
Output
Orange/Gray ring
10
---
Not connected
---
---
11
---
Not connected
---
---
12
TRING8
Transmit, tributary 8, wire B
Output
Yellow
13
TTIP8
Transmit, tributary 8, wire A
Output
Yellow/Gray ring
14
TTIP7
Transmit, tributary 7, wire A
Output
Green
15
TRING7
Transmit, tributary 7, wire B
Output
Green/Gray ring
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-5
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
P2 pin
Connection Data
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
16
---
Not connected
---
---
17
---
Not connected
---
---
18
TTIP6
Transmit, tributary 6, wire A
Output
Blue
19
TRING6
Transmit, tributary 6, wire B
Output
Blue/Gray ring
20
TTIP5
Transmit, tributary 5, wire A
Output
Violet
21
TRING5
Transmit, tributary 5, wire B
Output
Violet/Gray ring
22
---
Not connected
---
---
23
---
Not connected
---
---
24
TTIP4
Transmit, tributary 4, wire A
Output
White
25
TRING4
Transmit, tributary 4, wire B
Output
White/Gray ring
26
TTIP3
Transmit, tributary 3, wire A
Output
Pink
27
TRING3
Transmit, tributary 3, wire B
Output
Pink/Gray ring
28
---
Not connected
---
---
29
---
Not connected
---
---
30
TTIP2
Transmit, tributary 2, wire A
Output
Brown/White ring
31
TRING2
Transmit, tributary 2, wire B
Output
Red/White ring
32
TTIP1
Transmit, tributary 1, wire A
Output
Orange/White ring
33
TRING1
Transmit, tributary 1, wire B
Output
Yellow/White ring
34
---
Not connected
---
---
35
---
Not connected
---
---
36
RTIP11
Receive, tributary 11, wire A
Input
Green/White ring
37
RRING11
Receive, tributary 11, wire B
Input
Blue/White ring
38
---
Not connected
---
---
39
---
Not connected
---
---
40
RTIP10
Receive, tributary 10, wire A
Input
Violet/White ring
41
RRING10
Receive, tributary 10, wire B
Input
Light Gray/White ring
42
RTIP9
Receive, tributary 9, wire A
Input
Red/Brown ring
43
RRING9
Receive, tributary 9, wire B
Input
Yellow/Brown ring
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-6
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
P2 pin
Connection Data
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
44
---
Not connected
---
---
45
---
Not connected
---
---
46
RRING8
Receive, tributary 8, wire B
Input
Orange/Brown ring
47
RTIP8
Receive, tributary 8, wire A
Input
Green/Brown ring
48
RRING7
Receive, tributary 7, wire B
Input
Blue/Brown ring
49
RTIP7
Receive, tributary 7, wire A
Input
Violet/Brown ring
50
---
Not connected
---
---
51
---
Not connected
---
---
52
RTIP6
Receive, tributary 6, wire A
Input
Light Gray/Brown ring
53
RRING6
Receive, tributary 6, wire B
Input
Pink/Brown ring
54
RTIP5
Receive, tributary 5, wire A
Input
Brown/Red ring
55
RRING5
Receive, tributary 5, wire B
Input
Light Gray/Red ring
56
---
Not connected
---
---
57
---
Not connected
---
---
58
RTIP4
Receive, tributary 4, wire A
Input
Yellow/Red ring
59
RRING4
Receive, tributary 4, wire B
Input
Green/Red ring
60
RTIP3
Receive, tributary 3, wire A
Input
Blue/Red ring
61
RRING3
Receive, tributary 3, wire B
Input
Violet/Red ring
62
---
Not connected
---
---
63
---
Not connected
---
---
64
RTIP2
Receive, tributary 2, wire A
Input
White/Red ring
65
RRING2
Receive, tributary 2, wire B
Input
Pink/Red ring
66
RTIP1
Receive, tributary 1, wire A
Input
Brown/Green ring
67
RRING1
Receive, tributary 1, wire B
Input
Light Gray/Green ring
68
---
Not connected
---
---
Shelf
---
BRAID
---
---
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-7
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Table 8-5: NPT-1020 E1 connector (P1), pin assignment P1 pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
---
Not connected
---
---
2
RRING12
Receive, tributary 12, wire B
Input
Brown/Yellow ring
3
RTIP12
Receive, tributary 12, wire A
Input
Red/Yellow ring
4
RRING13
Receive, tributary 13, wire B
Input
Orange/Yellow ring
5
RTIP13
Receive, tributary 13, wire A
Input
Green/Yellow ring
6
---
Not connected
Input
---
7
---
Not connected
---
---
8
RRING14
Receive, tributary 14, wire B
---
Blue/Yellow ring
9
RTIP14
Receive, tributary 14, wire A
Input
Violet/Yellow ring
10
RTIP15
Receive, tributary 15, wire A
Input
Light Gray/Yellow ring
11
RRING15
Receive, tributary 15, wire B
Input
White/Yellow ring
12
---
Not connected
---
---
13
---
Not connected
---
---
14
RRING16
Receive, tributary 16, wire B
Input
Brown/Blue ring
15
RTIP16
Receive, tributary 16, wire A
Input
Red/Blue ring
16
RRING17
Receive, tributary 17, wire B
Input
Orange/Blue ring
17
RTIP17
Receive, tributary 17, wire A
Input
Yellow/Blue ring
18
---
Not connected
---
---
19
---
Not connected
---
---
20
RRING18
Receive, tributary 18, wire B
Input
Green/Blue ring
21
RTIP18
Receive, tributary 18, wire A
Input
Violet/Blue ring
22
RRING19
Receive, tributary 19, wire B
Input
Light Gray/Blue ring
23
RTIP19
Receive, tributary 19, wire A
Input
White/Blue ring
24
---
Not connected
---
---
25
---
Not connected
---
---
26
RRING20
Receive, tributary 20, wire B
Input
Brown/Orange ring
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-8
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
P1 pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
27
RTIP20
Receive, tributary 20, wire A
Input
Red/Orange ring
28
RRING21
Receive, tributary 21, wire B
Input
Yellow/Orange ring
29
RTIP21
Receive, tributary 21, wire A
Input
Green/Orange ring
30
---
Not connected
---
---
31
---
Not connected
---
---
32
---
Not connected
---
---
33
---
Not connected
---
---
34
---
Not connected
---
---
35
---
Not connected
---
---
36
TRING12
Transmit, tributary 12, wire B
Output
Blue/Orange ring
37
TTIP12
Transmit, tributary 12, wire A
Output
Violet/Orange ring
38
TRING13
Transmit, tributary 13, wire B
Output
Light Gray/Orange ring
39
TTIP13
Transmit, tributary 13, wire A
Output
White/Orange ring
40
---
Not connected
---
---
41
---
Not connected
---
---
42
TRING14
Transmit, tributary 14, wire B
Output
Brown/Violet ring
43
TTIP14
Transmit, tributary 14, wire A
Output
Red/Violet ring
44
TRING15
Transmit, tributary 15, wire B
Output
Orange/Violet ring
45
TTIP15
Transmit, tributary 15, wire A
Output
Yellow/Violet ring
46
---
Not connected
---
---
47
---
Not connected
---
---
48
TTIP16
Transmit, tributary 16, wire A
Output
Green/Violet ring
49
TRING16
Transmit, tributary 16, wire B
Output
Blue/Violet ring
50
TRING17
Transmit, tributary 17, wire B
Output
Light Gray/Violet ring
51
TTIP17
Transmit, tributary 17, wire A
Output
White/Violet ring
52
---
Not connected
---
---
53
---
Not connected
---
---
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-9
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
P1 pin
Connection Data
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
54
TRING18
Transmit, tributary 18, wire B
Output
Brown/Pink ring
55
TTIP18
Transmit, tributary 18, wire A
Output
Red/Pink ring
56
TRING19
Transmit, tributary 19, wire B
Output
Orange/Pink ring
57
TTIP19
Transmit, tributary 19, wire A
Output
Yellow/Pink ring
58
---
Not connected
---
---
59
---
Not connected
---
---
60
TRING20
Transmit, tributary 20, wire B
Output
Green/Pink ring
61
TTIP20
Transmit, tributary 20, wire A
Output
Blue/Pink ring
62
TRING21
Transmit, tributary 21, wire B
Output
Light Gray/Pink ring
63
TTIP21
Transmit, tributary 21, wire A
Output
White/Pink ring
64
---
Not connected
---
---
65
---
Not connected
---
---
66
---
Not connected
---
---
67
---
Not connected
---
---
68
---
Not connected
---
---
Shelf
---
BRAID
---
---
8.8
E1 Connectors on the PME1_21 and MSE1_16
The PME1_21 provides 21 balanced E1 tributary interfaces and the MSE1_16 provides 16 balanced E1 tributary interfaces through a SCSI-100 female connector. The SCSI-100 connector serves the 21 × E1 receive and transmit signals in the PME1_21 and the 16 x E1 receive and transmit signals in the MSE1_16.
IMPORTANT:
The wiring of the SCSI-100 connector in both the PME1_21 and MSE1_16 is identical. The different is that in the MSE1_16 only the first 16 E1s are used.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-10
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector. It also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting between the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Figure 8-7: E1 connectors for PME1_21, pin identification
Table 8-6: PME1_21 and MSE1_16 connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
---
Not connected
---
---
2
TTIP21
Transmit, tributary 21, wire A
Output
White/Pink ring
3
TRING21
Transmit, tributary 21, wire B
Output
Light Gray/Pink ring
4
TTIP20
Transmit, tributary 20, wire A
---
Blue/Pink ring
5
TRING20
Transmit, tributary 20, wire B
---
Green/Pink ring
6
TTIP19
Transmit, tributary 19, wire A
Output
Yellow/Pink ring
7
TRING19
Transmit, tributary 19, wire B
Output
Orange/Pink ring
8
---
Not connected
---
---
9
TTIP18
Transmit, tributary 18, wire A
Output
Red/Pink ring
10
TRING18
Transmit, tributary 18, wire B
Output
Brown/Pink ring
11
TTIP17
Transmit, tributary 17, wire A
Output
White/Violet ring
12
TRING17
Transmit, tributary 17, wire B
Output
Light Gray/Violet ring
13
TTIP16
Transmit, tributary 16, wire A
Output
Blue/Violet ring
14
TRING16
Transmit, tributary 16, wire B
Output
Green/Violet ring
15
---
Not connected
---
---
16
TTIP15
Transmit, tributary 15, wire A
Output
Yellow/Violet ring
17
TRING15
Transmit, tributary 15, wire B
Output
Orange/Violet ring
18
TTIP14
Transmit, tributary 14, wire A
Output
Red/Violet ring
19
TRING14
Transmit, tributary 14, wire B
Output
Brown/Violet ring
20
TTIP13
Transmit, tributary 13, wire A
Output
White/Orange ring
21
TRING13
Transmit, tributary 13, wire B
Output
Light Gray/Orange ring
22
---
Not connected
---
---
23
TTIP12
Transmit, tributary 12, wire A
Output
Violet/Orange ring
24
TRING12
Transmit, tributary 12, wire B
Output
Blue/Orange ring
25
TTIP11
Transmit, tributary 11, wire A
Output
Brown/Gray ring
26
TRING11
Transmit, tributary 11, wire B
Output
Brown
27
TTIP10
Transmit, tributary 10, wire A
Output
Red/Gray ring
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-11
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
28
TRING10
Transmit, tributary 10, wire B
Output
Red
29
---
Not connected
---
---
30
TTIP9
Transmit, tributary 9, wire A
Output
Orange/Gray ring
31
TRING9
Transmit, tributary 9, wire B
Output
Orange
32
TTIP8
Transmit, tributary 8, wire A
Output
Yellow/Gray ring
33
TRING8
Transmit, tributary 8, wire B
Output
Yellow
34
TTIP7
Transmit, tributary 7, wire A
Output
Green/Gray ring
35
TRING7
Transmit, tributary 7, wire B
Output
Green
36
---
Not connected
---
---
37
TTIP6
Transmit, tributary 6, wire A
Output
Blue/Gray ring
38
TRING6
Transmit, tributary 6, wire B
Output
Blue
39
TTIP5
Transmit, tributary 5, wire A
Output
Violet/Gray ring
40
TRING5
Transmit, tributary 5, wire B
Output
Violet
41
TTIP4
Transmit, tributary 4, wire A
Output
White/Gray ring
42
TRING4
Transmit, tributary 4, wire B
Output
White
43
---
Not connected
---
---
44
TTIP3
Transmit, tributary 3, wire A
Output
Pink/Gray ring
45
TRING3
Transmit, tributary 3, wire B
Output
Pink
46
TTIP2
Transmit, tributary 2, wire A
Output
Red/White ring
47
TRING2
Transmit, tributary 2, wire B
Output
Brown/White ring
48
TTIP1
Transmit, tributary 1, wire A
Output
Yellow/White ring
49
TRING1
Transmit, tributary 1, wire B
Output
Orange/White ring
50
---
Not connected
---
---
51
---
Not connected
---
---
52
RTIP21
Receive, tributary 21, wire A
Input
Green/Orange ring
53
RRING21
Receive, tributary 21, wire B
Input
Yellow/Orange ring
54
RTIP20
Receive, tributary 20, wire A
Input
Red/Orange ring
55
RRING20
Receive, tributary 20, wire B
Input
Brown/Orange ring
56
RTIP19
Receive, tributary 19, wire A
Input
White/Blue ring
57
RRING19
Receive, tributary 19, wire B
Input
Light Gray/Blue ring
58
---
Not connected
---
---
59
RTIP18
Receive, tributary 18, wire A
Input
Violet/Blue ring
60
RRING18
Receive, tributary 18, wire B
Input
Green/Blue ring
61
RTIP17
Receive, tributary 17, wire A
Input
Yellow/Blue ring
62
RRING17
Receive, tributary 17, wire B
Input
Orange/Blue ring
63
RTIP16
Receive, tributary 16, wire A
Input
Red/Blue ring
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-12
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
64
RRING16
Receive, tributary 16, wire B
Input
Brown/Blue ring
65
---
Not connected
---
---
66
RTIP15
Receive, tributary 15, wire A
Input
White/Yellow ring
67
RRING15
Receive, tributary 15, wire B
Input
Light Gray/Yellow ring
68
RTIP14
Receive, tributary 14, wire A
Input
Violet/Yellow ring
69
RRING14
Receive, tributary 14, wire B
Input
Blue/Yellow ring
70
RTIP13
Receive, tributary 13, wire A
Input
Green/Yellow ring
71
RRING13
Receive, tributary 13, wire B
Input
Orange/Yellow ring
72
---
Not connected
---
---
73
RTIP12
Receive, tributary 12, wire A
Input
Red/Yellow ring
74
RRING12
Receive, tributary 12, wire B
Input
Brown/Yellow ring
75
RTIP11
Receive, tributary 11, wire A
Input
Blue/White ring
76
RRING11
Receive, tributary 11, wire B
Input
Green/White ring
77
RTIP10
Receive, tributary 10, wire A
Input
Light Gray/White ring
78
RRING10
Receive, tributary 10, wire B
Input
Violet/White ring
79
---
Not connected
---
---
80
RTIP9
Receive, tributary 9, wire A
Input
Yellow/Brown ring
81
RRING9
Receive, tributary 9, wire B
Input
Red/Brown ring
82
RTIP8
Receive, tributary 8, wire A
Input
Green/Brown ring
83
RRING8
Receive, tributary 8, wire B
Input
Orange/Brown ring
84
RTIP7
Receive, tributary 7, wire A
Input
Violet/Brown ring
85
RRING7
Receive, tributary 7, wire B
Input
Blue/Brown ring
86
---
Not connected
---
---
87
RTIP6
Receive, tributary 6, wire A
Input
Pink/Brown ring
88
RRING6
Receive, tributary 6, wire B
Input
Light Gray/Brown ring
89
RTIP5
Receive, tributary 5, wire A
Input
Light Gray/Red ring
90
RRING5
Receive, tributary 5, wire B
Input
Brown/Red ring
91
RTIP4
Receive, tributary 4, wire A
Input
Green/Red ring
92
RRING4
Receive, tributary 4, wire B
Input
Yellow/Red ring
93
---
Not connected
---
---
94
RTIP3
Receive, tributary 3, wire A
Input
Violet/Red ring
95
RRING3
Receive, tributary 3, wire B
Input
Blue/Red ring
96
RTIP2
Receive, tributary 2, wire A
Input
Pink/Red ring
97
RRING2
Receive, tributary 2, wire B
Input
White/Red ring
98
RTIP1
Receive, tributary 1, wire A
Input
Light Gray/Green ring
99
RRING1
Receive, tributary 1, wire B
Input
Brown/Green ring
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-13
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
100
---
Not connected
---
---
Braid
---
---
Platform ---
8.9
Ethernet Interface Connectors
The NPT-1020 platform provides 12 traffic Ethernet interfaces on its front panel as follows:
4 x 10/100/1000 BaseT interfaces (left-most ports marked P1 to P4) based on RJ-45 connectors with PoE
4 x 10/100/1000 BaseT interfaces (ports marked P5 to P8) based on RJ-45 connectors without PoE
4 x 100/1000 BaseX SFP based interfaces (ports marked P9 to P12)
In addition the two rightmost connectors are Fast Ethernet RJ-45 type, for management and debug (marked MNG and DEBUG). All RJ-45 Ethernet ports support MDI/MDIX auto correction, so both straight and crossed Ethernet cables can be connected to these ports. The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector. Figure 8-8: Ethernet connector, pin identification
Table 8-7: Ethernet connector, pin assignment Pin
Designation
Function
Direction
1
TX/RX+
2
TX/RX-
3
TX/RX+
Transmit positive signal/Receive positive signal
Out/In
4
TX/RX-
Transmit negative signal/Receive negative signal
Out/In
5
TX/RX+
Transmit positive signal/Receive positive signal
Out/In
6
TX/RX-
Transmit negative signal/Receive negative signal
Out/In
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Transmit positive positive signal
signal/Receive
Transmit negative negative signal
signal/Receive
Out/In Out/In
8-14
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Pin
Connection Data
Designation
Function
Direction
7
TX/RX+
Transmit positive signal/Receive positive signal
Out/In
8
Out/In
Transmit negative signal/Receive negative signal
Out/In
8.10 PM345_3 Card Connection Data The PM345_3 card provides three unbalanced E3/DS-3 tributary interfaces. The E3/DS-3 connectors are coaxial connectors (6 x DIN 1.0/2.3) on the PM345_3 front panel.
8.11 P345_3E Card Connection Data The P345_3E card provides three unbalanced E3/DS-3 tributary interfaces. The E3/DS-3 connectors are coaxial connectors (6 x DIN 1.0/2.3) on the P345_3E front panel.
8.12 PE1_63 Card Connection Data The PE1_63 provides 63 balanced E1 tributary interfaces and has three twin 68-pin VHDCI female connectors. Each twin 68-pin VHDCI connector serves 21 × E1 receive and transmit signals. The tributaries supported by each connector are marked alongside the connector: 1-21, 22-42, and 43-63. The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. The following tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector. They also list the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting between the tributary connector and a distribution frame. The tributary numbers appearing in the table are given for the 1-21 connector. To obtain the correct tributary numbers for other connectors, interpret the numbers as representing the number of the tributary in its group (for example, in connector 22-42, 7 represents E1 tributary 28). Figure 8-9: Typical E1 connector for PE1_63, pin identification
Table 8-8: PE1_63 typical E1 connector (P2), pin assignment P2 pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
---
Not connected
---
---
2
TTIP11
Transmit, tributary 11, wire A
Output
Brown
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-15
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
P2 pin
Connection Data
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
3
TRING11
Transmit, tributary 11, wire B
Output
Brown/Gray ring
4
---
Not connected
---
---
5
---
Not connected
---
---
6
TTIP10
Transmit, tributary 10, wire A
Output
Red
7
TRING10
Transmit, tributary 10, wire B
Output
Red/Gray ring
8
TTIP9
Transmit, tributary 9, wire A
Output
Orange
9
TRING9
Transmit, tributary 9, wire B
Output
Orange/Gray ring
10
---
Not connected
---
---
11
---
Not connected
---
---
12
TRING8
Transmit, tributary 8, wire B
Output
Yellow
13
TTIP8
Transmit, tributary 8, wire A
Output
Yellow/Gray ring
14
TTIP7
Transmit, tributary 7, wire A
Output
Green
15
TRING7
Transmit, tributary 7, wire B
Output
Green/Gray ring
16
---
Not connected
---
---
17
---
Not connected
---
---
18
TTIP6
Transmit, tributary 6, wire A
Output
Blue
19
TRING6
Transmit, tributary 6, wire B
Output
Blue/Gray ring
20
TTIP5
Transmit, tributary 5, wire A
Output
Violet
21
TRING5
Transmit, tributary 5, wire B
Output
Violet/Gray ring
22
---
Not connected
---
---
23
---
Not connected
---
---
24
TTIP4
Transmit, tributary 4, wire A
Output
White
25
TRING4
Transmit, tributary 4, wire B
Output
White/Gray ring
26
TTIP3
Transmit, tributary 3, wire A
Output
Pink
27
TRING3
Transmit, tributary 3, wire B
Output
Pink/Gray ring
28
---
Not connected
---
---
29
---
Not connected
---
---
30
TTIP2
Transmit, tributary 2, wire A
Output
Brown/White ring
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-16
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
P2 pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
31
TRING2
Transmit, tributary 2, wire B
Output
Red/White ring
32
TTIP1
Transmit, tributary 1, wire A
Output
Orange/White ring
33
TRING1
Transmit, tributary 1, wire B
Output
Yellow/White ring
34
---
Not connected
---
---
35
---
Not connected
---
---
36
RTIP11
Receive, tributary 11, wire A
Input
Green/White ring
37
RRING11
Receive, tributary 11, wire B
Input
Blue/White ring
38
---
Not connected
---
---
39
---
Not connected
---
---
40
RTIP10
Receive, tributary 10, wire A
Input
Violet/White ring
41
RRING10
Receive, tributary 10, wire B
Input
Light Gray/White ring
42
RTIP9
Receive, tributary 9, wire A
Input
Red/Brown ring
43
RRING9
Receive, tributary 9, wire B
Input
Yellow/Brown ring
44
---
Not connected
---
---
45
---
Not connected
---
---
46
RRING8
Receive, tributary 8, wire B
Input
Orange/Brown ring
47
RTIP8
Receive, tributary 8, wire A
Input
Green/Brown ring
48
RRING7
Receive, tributary 7, wire B
Input
Blue/Brown ring
49
RTIP7
Receive, tributary 7, wire A
Input
Violet/Brown ring
50
---
Not connected
---
---
51
---
Not connected
---
---
52
RTIP6
Receive, tributary 6, wire A
Input
Light Gray/Brown ring
53
RRING6
Receive, tributary 6, wire B
Input
Pink/Brown ring
54
RTIP5
Receive, tributary 5, wire A
Input
Brown/Red ring
55
RRING5
Receive, tributary 5, wire B
Input
Light Gray/Red ring
56
---
Not connected
---
---
57
---
Not connected
---
---
58
RTIP4
Receive, tributary 4, wire A
Input
Yellow/Red ring
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-17
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
P2 pin
Connection Data
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
59
RRING4
Receive, tributary 4, wire B
Input
Green/Red ring
60
RTIP3
Receive, tributary 3, wire A
Input
Blue/Red ring
61
RRING3
Receive, tributary 3, wire B
Input
Violet/Red ring
62
---
Not connected
---
---
63
---
Not connected
---
---
64
RTIP2
Receive, tributary 2, wire A
Input
White/Red ring
65
RRING2
Receive, tributary 2, wire B
Input
Pink/Red ring
66
RTIP1
Receive, tributary 1, wire A
Input
Brown/Green ring
67
RRING1
Receive, tributary 1, wire B
Input
Light Gray/Green ring
68
---
Not connected
---
---
Shelf
---
BRAID
---
---
Table 8-9: PE1_63 typical connector (P1), pin assignment P1 pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
---
Not connected
---
---
2
RRING12
Receive, tributary 12, wire B
Input
Brown/Yellow ring
3
RTIP12
Receive, tributary 12, wire A
Input
Red/Yellow ring
4
RRING13
Receive, tributary 13, wire B
Input
Orange/Yellow ring
5
RTIP13
Receive, tributary 13, wire A
Input
Green/Yellow ring
6
---
Not connected
Input
---
7
---
Not connected
---
---
8
RRING14
Receive, tributary 14, wire B
---
Blue/Yellow ring
9
RTIP14
Receive, tributary 14, wire A
Input
Violet/Yellow ring
10
RTIP15
Receive, tributary 15, wire A
Input
Light Gray/Yellow ring
11
RRING15
Receive, tributary 15, wire B
Input
White/Yellow ring
12
---
Not connected
---
---
13
---
Not connected
---
---
14
RRING16
Receive, tributary 16, wire B
Input
Brown/Blue ring
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-18
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
P1 pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
15
RTIP16
Receive, tributary 16, wire A
Input
Red/Blue ring
16
RRING17
Receive, tributary 17, wire B
Input
Orange/Blue ring
17
RTIP17
Receive, tributary 17, wire A
Input
Yellow/Blue ring
18
---
Not connected
---
---
19
---
Not connected
---
---
20
RRING18
Receive, tributary 18, wire B
Input
Green/Blue ring
21
RTIP18
Receive, tributary 18, wire A
Input
Violet/Blue ring
22
RRING19
Receive, tributary 19, wire B
Input
Light Gray/Blue ring
23
RTIP19
Receive, tributary 19, wire A
Input
White/Blue ring
24
---
Not connected
---
---
25
---
Not connected
---
---
26
RRING20
Receive, tributary 20, wire B
Input
Brown/Orange ring
27
RTIP20
Receive, tributary 20, wire A
Input
Red/Orange ring
28
RRING21
Receive, tributary 21, wire B
Input
Yellow/Orange ring
29
RTIP21
Receive, tributary 21, wire A
Input
Green/Orange ring
30
---
Not connected
---
---
31
---
Not connected
---
---
32
---
Not connected
---
---
33
---
Not connected
---
---
34
---
Not connected
---
---
35
---
Not connected
---
---
36
TRING12
Transmit, tributary 12, wire B
Output
Blue/Orange ring
37
TTIP12
Transmit, tributary 12, wire A
Output
Violet/Orange ring
38
TRING13
Transmit, tributary 13, wire B
Output
Light Gray/Orange ring
39
TTIP13
Transmit, tributary 13, wire A
Output
White/Orange ring
40
---
Not connected
---
---
41
---
Not connected
---
---
42
TRING14
Transmit, tributary 14, wire B
Output
Brown/Violet ring
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-19
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
P1 pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
43
TTIP14
Transmit, tributary 14, wire A
Output
Red/Violet ring
44
TRING15
Transmit, tributary 15, wire B
Output
Orange/Violet ring
45
TTIP15
Transmit, tributary 15, wire A
Output
Yellow/Violet ring
46
---
Not connected
---
---
47
---
Not connected
---
---
48
TTIP16
Transmit, tributary 16, wire A
Output
Green/Violet ring
49
TRING16
Transmit, tributary 16, wire B
Output
Blue/Violet ring
50
TRING17
Transmit, tributary 17, wire B
Output
Light Gray/Violet ring
51
TTIP17
Transmit, tributary 17, wire A
Output
White/Violet ring
52
---
Not connected
---
---
53
---
Not connected
---
---
54
TRING18
Transmit, tributary 18, wire B
Output
Brown/Pink ring
55
TTIP18
Transmit, tributary 18, wire A
Output
Red/Pink ring
56
TRING19
Transmit, tributary 19, wire B
Output
Orange/Pink ring
57
TTIP19
Transmit, tributary 19, wire A
Output
Yellow/Pink ring
58
---
Not connected
---
---
59
---
Not connected
---
---
60
TRING20
Transmit, tributary 20, wire B
Output
Green/Pink ring
61
TTIP20
Transmit, tributary 20, wire A
Output
Blue/Pink ring
62
TRING21
Transmit, tributary 21, wire B
Output
Light Gray/Pink ring
63
TTIP21
Transmit, tributary 21, wire A
Output
White/Pink ring
64
---
Not connected
---
---
65
---
Not connected
---
---
66
---
Not connected
---
---
67
---
Not connected
---
---
68
---
Not connected
---
---
Shelf
---
BRAID
---
---
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-20
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
8.13 SM_10E/EM_10E Card Connection Data The SM_10E/EM_10E base card does not have any external interfaces. All external interfaces are from the front panel of each type of SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module. The following types of SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module are supported:
SM_FXO_8E
SM_FXS_8E
SM_EM_24W_6E
SM_V24E
SM_CODIR_4E
SM_OMNI_E
SM_EOP
SM_C37.94S
Most types of SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module use the same connector for the cabling of their external traffic interfaces. This connector is a single SCSI-36 female connector located on the front panel. The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. Figure 8-10: SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connector, pin identification
The following sections contain tables that describe the pin assignment of the connector for each type of traffic module. These tables include the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the SM_10E/EM_10E traffic module connector and a distribution frame. The SM_EOP has two RJ-45 connectors for connecting to its interfaces and the SM_C37.94 has two pairs of ST fiber optic connectors for connecting to its interfaces.
8.13.1 Connection Data for SM_FXO_8E and SM_FXS_8E Interfaces The SM_FXO_8E and the SM_FXS_8E each support eight channels. Each channel has one pair of wires. The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector and lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Table 8-10: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_FXO_8 and SM_FXS_8 connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
A1
Channel 1, wire A
Bidirectional
Brown
2
B1
Channel 1, wire B
Bidirectional
Brown/Black
3
A2
Channel 2, wire A
Bidirectional
Red
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-21
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
4
B2
Channel 2, wire B
Bidirectional
Red/Black
5
A3
Channel 3, wire A
Bidirectional
Orange
6
B3
Channel 3, wire B
Bidirectional
Orange/Black
7
A4
Channel 4, wire A
Bidirectional
Yellow
8
B4
Channel 4, wire B
Bidirectional
Yellow/Black
9
A5
Channel 5, wire A
Bidirectional
Green
10
B5
Channel 5, wire B
Bidirectional
Green/Black
11
A6
Channel 6, wire A
Bidirectional
Blue
12
B6
Channel 6, wire B
Bidirectional
Blue/Black
13
A7
Channel 7, wire A
Bidirectional
Violet
14
B7
Channel 7, wire B
Bidirectional
Violet/Black
15
A8
Channel 8, wire A
Bidirectional
White
16
B8
Channel 8, wire B
Bidirectional
White/Black
NOTE: Only 8 of 18 pairs of wires are used for the SM_FXO_8E or SM_FXS_8E interfaces.
8.13.2 Connection Data for SM_EM_24W6E Interfaces The SM_EM_24W6E supports six channels. Each has one pair of wires in 2W mode, two pairs of wires in 4W or 2W E&M mode, and three pairs of wires in 4W E&M mode. The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Table 8-11: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_EM_24W6E connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
Mode
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
RA1
4W
Channel 1, Rx, wire A
Output
Brown
2W
Channel 1, wire A
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 1, Rx, wire B
Output
2W
Channel 1, wire B
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 2, Rx, wire A
Output
2W
Channel 2, wire A
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 2, Rx, wire B
Output
2W
Channel 2, wire B
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 3, Rx, wire A
Output
2W
Channel 3, wire A
Bidirectional
2 3 4 5
RB1 RA2 RB2 RA3
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Brown/Black Red Red/Black Orange
8-22
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Mode
Function
Direction
Wire color
6
RB3
4W
Channel 3, Rx, wire B
Output
Orange/Black
2W
Channel 3, wire B
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 4, Rx, wire A
Output
2W
Channel 4, wire A
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 4, Rx, wire B
Output
2W
Channel 4, wire B
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 5, Rx, wire A
Output
2W
Channel 5, wire A
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 5, Rx, wire B
Output
2W
Channel 5, wire B
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 6, Rx, wire A
Output
2W
Channel 6, wire A
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 6, Rx, wire B
Output
2W
Channel 6, wire B
Bidirectional
7 8 9 10 11 12
RA4 RB4 RA5 RB5 RA6 RB6
Yellow Yellow/Black Green Green/Black Blue Blue/Black
13
E1
Any
Channel 1, E
Output
Violet
14
M1
Any
Channel 1, M
Input
Violet/Black
15
E2
Any
Channel 2, E
Output
White
16
M2
Any
Channel 2, M
Input
White/Black
17
E3
Any
Channel 3, E
Output
Pink
18
M3
Any
Channel 3, M
Input
Pink/Black
19
TA1
4W
Channel 1, Tx, wire A
Input
Brown/White
2W
---
---
4W
Channel 1, Tx, wire B
Input
2W
---
---
4W
Channel 2, Tx, wire A
Input
2W
---
---
4W
Channel 2, Tx, wire B
Input
2W
---
---
4W
Channel 3, Tx, wire A
Input
2W
---
---
4W
Channel 3, Tx, wire B
Input
2W
---
---
4W
Channel 4, Tx, wire A
Input
2W
---
---
4W
Channel 4, Tx, wire B
Input
2W
---
---
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
TB1 TA2 TB2 TA3 TB3 TA4 TB4
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Red/White Orange/White Yellow/White Green/White Blue/White Violet/White Light Gray/White
8-23
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Mode
Function
Direction
Wire color
27
TA5
4W
Channel 5, Tx, wire A
Input
Red/Brown
2W
---
---
28
TB5
4W
Channel 5, Tx, wire B
Yellow/Brown
29
TA6
4W
Channel 6, Tx, wire A
Orange/Brown
30
TB6
4W
Channel 6, Tx, wire B
Green/Brown
31
E4
Any
Channel 4, E
Output
Blue/Brown
32
M4
Any
Channel 4, M
Input
Violet/Brown
33
E5
Any
Channel 5, E
Output
Light Gray/Brown
34
M5
Any
Channel 5, M
Input
Pink/Brown
35
E6
Any
Channel 6, E
Output
Brown/Red
36
M6
Any
Channel 6, M
Input
Light Gray/Red
NOTE: The number of wires used depends on the mode of each channel. All 18 pairs of wires are used for the SM_EM_24W6E module if all channels are in four-wire E&M mode.
8.13.3 Connection Data for SM_V24E Interfaces The SM_V24E module supports the following three modes:
8 x V.24 transparent without control signals
4 x V.24 asynchronous mode with control signals
2 x V.24 synchronous mode with control signals
In 8 x V.24 transparent mode, the SM_V24E supports eight channels, each with three wires. The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector when the SM_V24E is in 8 x V.24 transparent mode. This table also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Table 8-12: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 8 x V.24 transparent without controls mode Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
13
CH7# SD(103)
Ch7# transmit data
Input
Violet
14
CH7# RD(104)
Ch7# receive data
Output
Violet/Black
15
CH8# SD(103)
Ch8# transmit data
Input
White
16
CH8# RD(104)
Ch8# receive data
Output
White/Black
17
GND
Signal ground
---
Pink
18
GND
Signal ground
---
Pink/Black
19
CH1# SD(103)
Ch1# transmit data
Input
Brown/White
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-24
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
20
CH1# RD(104)
Ch1# receive data
Output
Red/White
21
CH2# SD(103)
Ch2# transmit data
Input
Orange/White
22
CH2# RD(104)
Ch2# receive data
Output
Yellow/White
23
CH3# SD(103)
Ch3# transmit data
Input
Green/White
24
CH3# RD(104)
Ch3# receive data
Output
Blue/White
25
CH4# SD(103)
Ch4# transmit data
Input
Violet/White
26
CH4# RD(104)
Ch4# receive data
Output
Light Gray/White
27
CH5# SD(103)
Ch5# transmit data
Input
Red/Brown
28
CH5# RD(104)
Ch5# receive data
Output
Yellow/Brown
29
CH6# SD(103)
Ch6# transmit data
Input
Orange/Brown
30
CH6# RD(104)
Ch6# receive data
Output
Green/Brown
31
GND
Signal ground
---
Blue/Brown
32
GND
Signal ground
---
Violet/Brown
33
GND
Signal ground
---
Light Gray/Brown
34
GND
Signal ground
---
Pink/Brown
35
GND
Signal ground
---
Brown/Red
36
GND
Signal ground
---
Light Gray/Red
In mode 4 x V.24 asynchronous with controls, the SM_V24E supports four channels, each with eight wires. The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector when the SM_V24E is in 4 x V.24 asynchronous with controls mode. This table also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Table 8-13: SM_V24E connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
CH1# RTS(105)
Ch1# require to send
Input
Brown
2
CH1# CTS(106)
Ch1# clear to send
Output
Brown/Black
3
CH1# DTR(108)
Ch1# data terminal ready
Input
Red
4
CH1# DSR(107)
Ch1# data set ready
Output
Red/Black
5
CH1# DCD(109)
Ch1# data carrier detect
Output
Orange
6
CH3# DCD(109)
Ch3# data carrier detect
Output
Orange/Black
7
CH2# RTS(105)
Ch2# require to send
Input
Yellow
8
CH2# CTS(106)
Ch2# clear to send
Output
Yellow/Black
9
CH2# DTR(108)
Ch2# data terminal ready
Input
Green
10
CH2# DSR(107)
Ch2# data set ready
Output
Green/Black
11
CH2# DCD(109)
Ch2# data carrier detect
Output
Blue
12
CH4# DCD(109)
Ch4# data carrier detect
Output
Blue/Black
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-25
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
13
CH4# RTS(105)
Ch4# require to send
Input
Violet
14
CH4# CTS(106)
Ch4# clear to send
Output
Violet/Black
15
CH4# DTR(108)
Ch4# data terminal ready
Input
White
16
CH4# DSR(107)
Ch4# data set ready
Output
White/Black
17
---
Not connected
---
---
18
---
Not connected
---
---
19
CH1# SD(103)
Ch1# transmit data
Input
Brown/White
20
CH1# RD(104)
Ch1# receive data
Output
Red/White
21
CH2# SD(103)
Ch2# transmit data
Input
Orange/White
22
CH2# RD(104)
Ch2# receive data
Output
Yellow/White
23
CH3# SD(103)
Ch3# transmit data
Input
Green/White
24
CH3# RD(104)
Ch3# receive data
Output
Blue/White
25
CH4# SD(103)
Ch4# transmit data
Input
Violet/White
26
CH4# RD(104)
Ch4# receive data
Output
Light Gray/White
27
CH3# RTS(105)
Ch3# require to send
Input
Red/Brown
28
CH3# CTS(106)
Ch3# clear to send
Output
Yellow/Brown
29
CH3# DTR(108)
Ch3# data terminal read
Input
Orange/Brown
30
CH3# DSR(107)
Ch3# data set ready
Output
Green/Brown
31
---
Not connected
---
---
32
---
Not connected
---
---
33
SG1
Signal ground
---
Light Gray/Brown
34
SG2
Signal ground
---
Pink/Brown
35
SG3
Signal ground
---
Brown/Red
36
SG4
Signal ground
---
Light Gray/Red
In mode 2 x V.24 synchronous with controls, the SM_V24E supports two channels, each with eleven wires. The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector when the SM_V24E is in 2 x V.24 synchronous with controls mode. This table also lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Table 8-14: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 2 x V.24 synchronous with controls mode Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
CH1# RTS(105)
Ch1# require to send
Input
Brown
2
CH1# CTS(106)
Ch1# clear to send
Output
Brown/Black
3
CH1# DTR(108)
Ch1# data terminal ready
Input
Red
4
CH1# DSR(107)
Ch1# data set ready
Output
Red/Black
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-26
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
5
CH1# DCD(109)
Ch1# data carrier detect
Output
Orange
6
CH1# RC(115)
Ch1# receive timing
Output
Orange/Black
7
CH2# RTS(105)
Ch2# require to send
Input
Yellow
8
CH2# CTS(106)
Ch2# clear to send
Output
Yellow/Black
9
CH2# DTR(108)
Ch2# data terminal ready
Input
Green
10
CH2# DSR(107)
Ch2# data set ready
Output
Green/Black
11
CH2# DCD(109)
Ch2# data carrier detect
Output
Blue
12
CH2# RC(115)
Ch2# receive timing
Output
Blue/Black
13-18
---
Not connected
---
---
19
CH1# SD(103)
CH1# transmit data
20
CH1# RD(104)
CH1# receive data
Output
Red/White
21
CH2# SD(103)
CH2# transmit data
Input
Orange/White
22
CH2# RD(104)
CH2# receive data
Output
Yellow/White
23
CH1# TMC(113)
Ch1# DTE timing
Input
Green/White
24
CH1# TC(114)
Ch1# transmit timing
Output
Blue/White
25
CH2# TMC(113)
Ch2# DTE timing
Input
Violet/White
26
CH2# TC(114)
Ch2# transmit timing
Output
Light Gray/White
27-34
---
Not connected
---
---
35
SG1
Signal ground
---
Brown/Red
36
SG2
Signal ground
---
Light Gray/Red
Brown/White
8.13.4 Connection Data for SM_V35_V11 Interfaces The SM_V35_V11 supports two channels of V.35 or V.11 interface. Each interface can independently be configured as V.35 or V.11/X.24 and can be mapped to unframed E1 or N x 64K of framed E1 (the interface rate N is configurable). The following table lists the pin assignment of V.11 interfaces for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Table 8-15: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_V35_V11 connector, pin assignment Pin
V.11 signal
Function
Direction
Wire color
20
T(a)
Ch1# transmit data+
Input
Red/White
19
T(b)
Ch1# transmit data-
Input
Brown/White
2
R(a)
Ch1# receive data+
Output
Brown/Black
1
R(b)
Ch1# receive data-
Output
Brown
22
S(a)
Ch1# transmit timing+
Output
Yellow/White
21
S(b)
Ch1# transmit timing-
Output
Orange/White
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-27
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
V.11 signal
Function
Direction
Wire color
29
C(a)
Ch1# request to send+
Input
Orange/Brown
30
C(b)
Ch1# request to send-
Input
Green/Brown
23
I(a)
Ch1# clear to send+
Output
Green/White
32
I(b)
Ch1# clear to send-
Output
Violate/Brown
17
GND
Ground
---
Pink
26
T(a)
Ch2# transmit data+
Input
Light Gray/White
25
T(b)
Ch2# transmit data-
Input
Violet/White
8
R(a)
Ch2# receive data+
Output
Yellow/Black
7
R(b)
Ch2# receive data-
Output
Yellow
28
S(a)
Ch2# transmit timing+
Output
Yellow/Brown
27
S(b)
Ch2# transmit timing-
Output
Red/Brown
31
C(a)
Ch2# request to send+
Output
Blue/Brown
34
C(b)
Ch2# request to send-
Input
Pink/Brown
13
I(a)
Ch2# clear to send+
Output
Violet
36
I(b)
Ch2# clear to send-
Output
Light Gray/Red
18
GND
Ground
---
Pink/Black
Table 8-16: SM_V35_V11 pin assignment per interface type Mode Port
#1
Pin
signal
Sync V.24
V.35/V.36
V.11/X.24
RS422
RS449
20
TD (a)
√
√
√ (T)
√
√
19
TD (b)
√
√ (T)
√
√
2
RD (a)
√
√ (R)
√
√
1
RD (b)
√
√ (R)
√
√
22
ST (a)
√
√ (S)
√
√
21
ST (b)
√
√ (S)
√
√
4
RT (a)
√
√
√
3
RT (b)
√
√
√
6
TT (a)
√
√
√
5
TT (b)
√
√
√
29
RTS (a)
√ (C)
√
√
30
RTS (b)
√ (C)
√
√
23
CTS (a)
√ (I)
√
√
32
CTS (b)
√ (I)
√
√
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
√ √ √ √ √ √
√ √
8-28
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Mode
#2
24
DSR
√
√
√
15
DCD
√
√
√
33
DTR
√
√
√
17
Ground
√
√
√
√
√
26
TD (a)
√
√
√ (T)
√
√
25
TD (b)
√
√ (T)
√
√
8
RD (a)
√
√ (R)
√
√
7
RD (b)
√
√ (R)
√
√
28
ST (a)
√
√ (S)
√
√
27
ST (b)
√
√ (S)
√
√
10
RT (a)
√
√
√
9
RT (b)
√
√
√
12
TT (a)
√
√
√
11
TT (b)
√
√
√
31
RTS (a)
√ (C)
√
√
34
RTS (b)
√ (C)
√
√
13
CTS (a)
√ (I)
√
√
36
CTS (b)
√ (I)
√
√
14
DSR
√
√
16
DCD
√
√
35
DTR
√
√
18
Ground
√
√
√
√
√
√ √ √ √ √ √
√ √
8.13.5 Connection Data for SM_CODIR_4E Interfaces The SM_CODIR_4E supports four channels of codirectional 64 Kbps interface, each with two pairs of wires. The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Table 8-17: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_CODIR_4E connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
RA1
Channel 1, Rx, wire A
Input
Brown
2
RB1
Channel 1, Rx, wire B
Input
Brown/Black
3
RA2
Channel 2, Rx, wire A
Input
Red
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-29
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
4
RB2
Channel 2, Rx, wire B
Input
Red/Black
5
RA3
Channel 3, Rx, wire A
Input
Orange
6
RB3
Channel 3, Rx, wire B
Input
Orange/Black
7
RA4
Channel 4, Rx, wire A
Input
Yellow
8
RB4
Channel 4, Rx, wire B
Input
Yellow/Black
9-18
---
Not connected
---
---
19
TA1
Channel 1, Tx, wire A
Output
Brown/White
20
TB1
Channel 1, Tx, wire B
Output
Red/White
21
TA2
Channel 2, Tx, wire A
Output
Orange/White
22
TB2
Channel 2, Tx, wire B
Output
Yellow/White
23
TA3
Channel 3, Tx, wire A
Output
Green/White
24
TB3
Channel 3, Tx, wire B
Output
Blue/White
25
TA4
Channel 4, Tx, wire A
Output
Violet/White
26
TB4
Channel 4, Tx, wire B
Output
Light Gray/White
27-36
---
Not connected
---
---
NOTE: Only 8 of 18 pairs of wires are used for SM_CODIR_4E interfaces.
8.13.6 Connection Data for SM_OMNI_E Interfaces The SM_OMNI_E supports four 2W/4W channels, each with one pair of wires in 2W mode or two pairs of wires in 4W mode. The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Table 8-18: SM_10E/EM_10E SM_OMNI_E connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
Mode
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
RA1
4W
Channel 1, Rx, wire A
Output
Brown
2W
Channel 1, wire A
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 1, Rx, wire B
Output
2W
Channel 1, wire B
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 2, Rx, wire A
Output
2W
Channel 2, wire A
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 2, Rx, wire B
Output
2W
Channel 2, wire B
Bidirectional
2 3 4
RB1 RA2 RB2
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Brown/Black Red Red/Black
8-30
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Pin
Name
5
RA3
6 7 8
RB3
RB4 ---
19
TA1
21 22 23 24 25 26 27-3 6
Function
Direction
Wire color
Channel 3, Rx, wire A
Output
Orange
Channel 3, wire A
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 3, Rx, wire B
Output
2W
Channel 3, wire B
Bidirectional
Channel 4, Rx, wire A
Output
Channel 4, wire A
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 4, Rx, wire B
Output
2W
Channel 4, wire B
Bidirectional
Not connected
---
---
4W
Channel 1, Tx, wire A
Input
Brown/White
2W
---
---
4W
Channel 1, Tx, wire B
Input
2W
---
---
4W
Channel 2, Tx, wire A
Input
2W
---
---
4W
Channel 2, Tx, wire B
Input
2W
---
---
4W
Channel 3, Tx, wire A
Input
2W
---
---
4W
Channel 3, Tx, wire B
Input
2W
---
---
4W
Channel 4, Tx, wire A
Input
2W
---
---
4W
Channel 4, Tx, wire B
Input
2W
---
---
Not connected
---
RA4
9-18
20
Mode
TB1 TA2 TB2 TA3 TB3 TA4 TB4
Connection Data
---
Orange/Black Yellow Yellow/Black
Red/White Orange/White Yellow/White Green/White Blue/White Violet/White Light Gray/White ---
NOTE: Only 8 of 18 pairs of wires are used for SM_OMNI_E interfaces.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-31
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
8.14 ICP_VF Connection Data A single ICP_VF can serve one of the following SM_10E/EM_10E modules:
SM_FXS_8E
SM_FXO_8E
SM_EM_24W6E (Connectors marked CH7 and CH8 are not connected.)
SM_Codir_4_E (Connectors marked CH5 to CH8 are not connected.)
There are eight RJ-45 connectors for external interfaces on the front panel of the ICP_VF. The figure Ethernet connector, pin identification identifies the RJ-45 connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The following tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector, when serving each type of traffic module. These tables also list the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Table 8-19: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_FXS_8E or SM_FXO_8E Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
Line A
Wire A
Bidirectional
Blue/White ring
2
Line B
Wire B
Bidirectional
White/Blue ring
4-8
---
Not connected
---
---
Table 8-20: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_EM_24W6E Pin
Name
Mode
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
RA1
4W
Channel 1, Rx, wire A
Output
Blue/White ring
2W
Channel 1, wire A
Bidirectional
4W
Channel 1, Rx, wire B Output
2W
Channel 1, wire B
4W
Channel 1, Tx, wire A Input
2W
---
4W
Channel 1, Tx, wire B Input
2W
---
---
2 3 4
RB1 TA1 TB1
White/blue ring
Bidirectional Green/White ring
--White/Green ring
5
---
---
---
---
Brown/White ring
6
---
---
---
---
White/Brown ring
7
E1
Any
Channel 1, E
Output
Orange/White ring
8
M1
Any
Channel 1, M
Input
White/Orange ring
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-32
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Table 8-21: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_CODIR_4E Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
RA
Rx, wire A
Input
Blue/White ring
2
RB
Rx, wire B
Input
White/Blue ring
3
TA
Tx, wire A
Output
Green/White ring
4
TB
Tx, wire B
Output
White/Green ring
8.15 ICP_V24 Connection Data V.24 interfaces in the SM_V24E are always in DCE mode. One ICP_V24 can serve one SM_V24E module. The SM_V24E module can work in the following three modes:
Eight channels of transparent without controls mode (Connectors marked SYNC CH1 and SYNC CH2 are not connected.)
Four channels of asynchronous with controls mode (Connectors marked SYNC CH1 and SYNC CH2 and CH5 to CH8 are not connected.)
Two channels of synchronous with controls mode (Connectors marked CH1 to CH8 are not connected.)
Two types of connectors for external interfaces are on the front panel of the ICP_V24:
25-pin D-type male connector for synchronous V.24 interfaces
9-pin D-type male connector for transparent or asynchronous V.24 interfaces
The following figure identifies the 25-pin D-type male connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Figure 8-11: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification
Table 8-22: ICP_V24 synchronous V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
---
Not connected
---
---
2
SD (103)
Transmit data
Input
Brown
3
RD (104)
Receive data
Output
Brown/Gray-ring
4
RTS (105)
Request to send
Input
Red
5
CTS (106)
Clear to send
Output
Red/Gray-ring
6
DSR (107)
Data set ready
Output
Orange
7
GND
Signal ground
---
Orange/Gray-ring
8
DCD (109)
Data carrier detect
Output
Yellow
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-33
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
9
---
Not connected
---
---
10
---
Not connected
---
---
11
---
Not connected
---
---
12
---
Not connected
---
---
13
---
Not connected
---
---
14
---
Not connected
---
---
15
TC (114)
Transmit timing
---
Yellow/Gray-ring
16
---
Not connected
---
---
17
RC (115)
Receive timing
---
Green
18
---
Not connected
---
---
19
---
Not connected
---
---
20
DTR(108)
Data terminal ready
Input
Green/Gray-ring
21
---
Not connected
---
---
22
---
Not connected
---
---
23
---
Not connected
---
---
24
TMC (113)
DTE timing
Input
Blue
25
---
Not connected
---
---
The following figure identifies the 9-pin D-type male connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector in modes asynchronous with controls and transparent without controls. These tables also list the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Figure 8-12: 9-pin D-type male connector, pin identification
Table 8-23: ICP_V24 asynchronous V.24 9-pin D-type connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
DCD (109)
Data carrier detect
Output
Blue/White ring
2
SD (103)
Transmit data
Input
White/Blue ring
3
RD (104)
Receive data
Output
Orange/White ring
4
DTR (108)
Data terminal ready
Input
White/Orange ring
5
GND
Signal ground
---
White/Green ring
6
DSR (107)
Data set ready
Output
Green/White ring
7
CTS (106)
Clear to send
Output
Brown/White ring
8
RTS (105)
Request to send
Input
White/Brown ring
9
---
Not connected
---
---
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-34
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Table 8-24: ICP_V24 transparent V.24 9-pin D-type connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
---
Not connected
---
---
2
SD (103)
Transmit data
Input
Brown
3
RD (104)
Receive data
Output
Brown/Black
4
---
Not connected
---
---
5
GND
Receive data
---
Red
6
---
Not connected
---
---
7
---
Not connected
---
---
8
---
Not connected
---
---
9
---
Not connected
---
---
8.16 ICP_V35 Connection Data V.35 interfaces in the SM_V35E are always in DCE mode. One ICP_V35 can serve a single SM_V35E module. Two M34 female connectors for external interfaces are on the front panel of the ICP_V35. The following figure identifies the M34 female connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Figure 8-13: M34 female connector, pin identification
Table 8-25: ICP_V35 M34 female connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
A
CGND (101)
Case ground
---
Brown
B
GND (102)
Signal ground
---
Brown/Gray ring
C
RTS (105)
Request to send
Input
Red
D
CTS (106)
Clear to send
Output
Red/Gray ring
E
DSR (107)
Data set ready
Output
Orange
F
DCD (109)
Data carrier detect
Output
Orange/Gray ring
H
DTR (108)
Data terminal ready
Input
Yellow
P
TD+ (103a)
Transmit data +
Input
Green
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-35
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
S
TD- (103b)
Transmit data -
Input
Green/Gray ring
R
RD+ (104a)
Receive data +
Output
Blue
T
RD- (104b)
Receive data -
Output
Blue/Gray ring
U
TMC+ (113a)
Terminal clock +
Input
Violet
W
TMC- (113b)
Terminal clock -
Input
Violet/Gray ring
V
RC+ (115a)
Receive clock +
Output
White
X
RC- (115b)
Receive clock -
Output
White/Gray ring
Y
TC+ (114a)
Transmit clock +
Output
Pink
AA
TC- (114b)
Transmit clock -
Output
Pink/Gray ring
8.17 ICP_V11_V24 Connection Data One ICP_V11_V24 can serve one SM_V35_V11 module. Two DB15 female connectors and two DB25 male connectors make up two channels for external interfaces on the front panel of the ICP_V11_V24. Each channel has one DB15 female connector and one DB25 male connector. The following figure identifies the 15-pin D-type female connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI. Figure 8-14: 15-pin D-type female connector, pin identification
Table 8-26: ICP_V11_V24 15-pin D-type connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
CGND
Case ground
---
---
2
T+
Transmit data+
Input
Brown
3
C+
Request to send+
Input
Orange
4
R+
Receive data+
Output
White
5
I+
Clear to send+
Output
Yellow
6
S+
Transmit timing+
Output
Red
7
---
Not connected
---
---
8
Ground
Signal GND
---
Green
9
T-
Transmit data-
Input
Brown/Gray Loop
10
C-
Request to send-
Input
Orange/Gray Loop
11
R-
Receive data-
Output
White/Gray Loop
12
I-
Clear to send-
Output
Yellow/Gray Loop
13
S-
Transmit timing-
Output
Red/Gray Loop
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-36
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
14
---
Not connected
---
---
15
---
Not connected
---
---
The following figure identifies the 25-pin D-type male connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Figure 8-15: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification
Table 8-27: ICP_V11_V24 V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
---
Not connected
---
---
2
SD (103)
Transmit data
Input
Brown
3
RD (104)
Receive data
Output
Brown/Gray-ring
4
RTS (105)
Request to send
Input
Red
5
CTS (106)
Clear to send
Output
Red/Gray-ring
6
DSR (107)
Data set ready
Output
Orange
7
GND
Signal ground
---
Orange/Gray-ring
8
DCD (109)
Data carrier detect
Output
Yellow
9
---
Not connected
---
---
10
---
Not connected
---
---
11
---
Not connected
---
---
12
---
Not connected
---
---
13
---
Not connected
---
---
14
---
Not connected
---
---
15
TC (114)
Transmit timing
---
Yellow/Gray-ring
16
---
Not connected
---
---
17
RC (115)
Receive timing
---
Green
18
---
Not connected
---
---
19
---
Not connected
---
---
20
DTR (108)
Data terminal ready
Input
Green/Gray-ring
21
---
Not connected
---
---
22
---
Not connected
---
---
23
---
Not connected
---
---
24
TMC (113)
DTE timing
Input
Blue
25
---
Not connected
---
---
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-37
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
8.18 ICP_DB37D Connection Data One ICP_DB37D can serve one SM_V35_V11 module. Two DB37 female connectors for external interfaces are on the front panel of the ICP_DB37D. Connector pin-out is defined for the following six types of interfaces:
RS449
RS422
V.36
V.35
V.11/X.24
Synchronous V.24
The following figure identifies the 37-pin D-type female connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. Figure 8-16: 37-pin D-type female connector, pin identification
Table 8-28: ICP_DB37D 37 pin D-type connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
1
CGND
2
---
3
Direction
Wire color
---
Black
Not connected
---
---
---
Not connected
---
---
4
TD+ (103a)
Transmit data+
Output
Black/White
5
TC+ (114a)
Transmit timing+
Output
Brown
6
RD+ (104a)
Receive data+
Input
Brown/White
7
RTS_O+ (105a)
Request to send+
Input
Red
8
RC+ (115a)
Receive timing+
Input
Red/White
9
CTS_O+
Clear to send+
Output
Orange
10
---
Not connected
---
---
11
DSR (107)
Data set ready
Output
Orange/White
12
DTR (108)
Data terminal ready
Input
Yellow
13
DCD (109)
Data carrier detect
Output
Yellow/Black
---
Not connected
---
---
14
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
Function Case ground
8-38
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
15
---
Not connected
---
---
16
---
Not connected
---
---
17
TMC+ (113a)
Terminal timing+
---
Green
18
---
Not connected
---
---
19
GND (102)
Signal ground
---
Green/White
20
---
Not connected
---
---
21
---
Not connected
---
---
22
TD- (103b)
Transmit data-
Output
Blue
23
TC- (114b)
Transmit timing-
Output
Blue/White
24
RD- (104b)
Receive data-
---
Purple
25
RTS_O- (105b)
Request to send-
Input
Purple/White
26
RC- (115b)
Receive timing-
Input
Gray
27
CTS- (106b)
Clear to send-
Output
Gray/Black
28
---
Not connected
---
---
29
---
Not connected
---
---
30
---
Not connected
---
---
31
---
Not connected
---
---
32
---
Not connected
---
---
33
---
Not connected
---
---
34
---
Not connected
---
---
35
TMC- (113b)
Terminal timing-
Output
White
36
---
Not connected
---
---
37
---
Not connected
---
---
Table 8-29: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-449 pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
4
TD+ (103a)
Transmit data+
Output
Black/White
6
RD+ (104a)
Receive data+
Input
Brown/White
19
GND (102)
Signal ground
---
Green/White
22
TD- (103b)
Transmit data-
Output
Blue
24
RD- (104b)
Receive data-
---
Purple
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-39
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Table 8-30: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-422 pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
4
TD+ (103a)
Transmit data+
Output
Black/White
6
RD+ (104a)
Receive data+
Input
Brown/White
19
GND (102)
Signal ground
---
Green/White
22
TD- (103b)
Transmit data-
Output
Blue
24
RD- (104b)
Receive data-
---
Purple
Table 8-31: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.36 pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
CGND
Case ground
---
Black
4
TD+ (103a)
Transmit data+
Output
Black/White
5
TC+ (114a)
Transmit timing+
Output
Brown
6
RD+ (104a)
Receive data+
Input
Brown/White
7
RTS_O+ (105a)
Request to send+
Input
Red
8
RC+ (115a)
Receive timing+
Input
Red/White
9
CTS_O+
Clear to send+
Output
Orange
11
DSR (107)
Data set ready
Output
Orange/White
12
DTR (108)
Data terminal ready
Input
Yellow
13
DCD (109)
Data carrier detect
Output
Yellow/Black
17
TMC+ (113a)
Terminal timing+
---
Green
19
GND (102)
Signal ground
---
Green/White
22
TD- (103b)
Transmit data-
Output
Blue
23
TC- (114b)
Transmit timing-
Output
Blue/White
24
RD- (104b)
Receive data-
---
Purple
26
RC- (115b)
Receive timing-
Input
Gray
35
TMC- (113b)
Terminal timing-
Output
White
Table 8-32: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.35 pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
CGND
Case ground
---
Black
4
TD+ (103a)
Transmit data+
Output
Black/White
5
TC+ (114a)
Transmit timing+
Output
Brown
6
RD+ (104a)
Receive data+
Input
Brown/White
7
RTS_O+ (105a)
Request to send+
Input
Red
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-40
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
8
RC+ (115a)
Receive timing+
Input
Red/White
9
CTS_O+
Clear to send+
Output
Orange
11
DSR (107)
Data set ready
Output
Orange/White
12
DTR (108)
Data terminal ready
Input
Yellow
13
DCD (109)
Data carrier detect
Output
Yellow/Black
17
TMC+ (113a)
Terminal timing+
---
Green
19
GND (102)
Signal ground
---
Green/White
22
TD- (103b)
Transmit data-
Output
Blue
23
TC- (114b)
Transmit timing-
Output
Blue/White
24
RD- (104b)
Receive data-
---
Purple
26
RC- (115b)
Receive timing-
Input
Gray
35
TMC- (113b)
Terminal timing-
Output
White
Table 8-33: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.11/X.24 pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
1
CGND
Case ground
---
Black
4
TD+ (103a)
Transmit data+
Output
Black/White
5
TC+ (114a)
Transmit timing+
Output
Brown
6
RD+ (104a)
Receive data+
Input
Brown/White
7
RTS_O+ (105a)
Request to send+
Input
Red
9
CTS_O+
Clear to send+
Output
Orange
19
GND (102)
Signal ground
---
Green/White
22
TD- (103b)
Transmit data-
Output
Blue
23
TC- (114b)
Transmit timing-
Output
Blue/White
24
RD- (104b)
Receive data-
---
Purple
25
RTS_O- (105b)
Request to send-
Input
Purple/White
27
CTS- (106b)
Clear to send-
Output
Gray/Black
Table 8-34: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, synchronous V.24 pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
4
TD+ (103a)
Transmit data+
Output
Black/White
5
TC+ (114a)
Transmit timing+
Output
Brown
6
RD+ (104a)
Receive data+
Input
Brown/White
7
RTS_O+ (105a)
Request to send+
Input
Red
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-41
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
Wire color
8
RC+ (115a)
Receive timing+
Input
Red/White
9
CTS_O+
Clear to send+
Output
Orange
11
DSR (107)
Data set ready
Output
Orange/White
12
DTR (108)
Data terminal ready
Input
Yellow
13
DCD (109)
Data carrier detect
Output
Yellow/Black
17
TMC+ (113a)
Terminal timing+
---
Green
19
GND (102)
Signal ground
---
Green/White
8.19 RAP-4B Connectors 8.19.1 SHELF ALARM Connectors The four ALARM connectors are 36-pin SCSI female connectors that can each be connected to the ALARMS connector of an NPT-1200, XDM, BG, or 9600 series platform. The following figure identifies the connector pins (as seen when looking into the connector). Figure 8-17: RAP-4B SHELF ALARM connector, pin identification
Table 8-35: RAP-4B PLATFORM ALARM connector, pin assignment Pin
Name
Function
Direction
1
N/C
--
--
2
ALM_IP1
Alarm input 1, + wire
Input
3
ALM_IN1
Alarm input 1, - wire
Input
4
ALM_IP2
Alarm input 2, + wire
Input
5
ALM_IN2
Alarm input 2, - wire
Input
6
ALM_IP3
Alarm input 3, + wire
Input
7
ALM_IN3
Alarm input 3, - wire
Input
8
ALM_IP4
Alarm input 4, + wire
Input
9
ALM_IN4
Alarm input 4, - wire
Input
10
N/C
--
--
11
N/C
--
--
12
GND
Ground
--
13
ALM_O1
Alarm output 1 common
Output
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-42
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
Pin
Name
Function
Direction
14
N/C
--
--
15
GND
Ground
--
16
ALM_O2
Alarm output 2 common
Output
17
N/C
--
--
18
BUZ_COM
Buzzer common
Input
19
N/C
--
--
20
GND
Ground
--
21
CRIT_COM
Critical alarm common
--
22
N/C
--
--
23
MAJ_COM
Major alarm common
Input
24
GND
Ground
--
25
N/C
--
--
26
GND
Ground
--
27
MIN_COM
Minor alarm common
Input
28
N/C
--
--
29
WARN_COM
Warning alarm common
--
30
GND
Ground
--
31
N/C
--
--
32
N/C
--
--
33
N/C
--
--
34
N/C
--
--
35
GND
Ground
--
36
N/C
--
--
8.19.2 ALARM IN/OUT Connector The ALARM IN/OUT connector is a 68-pin SCSI female connector that carries three groups of lines to the customer equipment:
Sixteen external alarm inputs connected to the ALARM inputs of the NPT platforms. Four inputs are allocated to each one. Each input is activated by closing a dry contact provided from the customer's facility.
Eight sets of changeover relay contacts, floating with respect to platform ground, that serve as rack (bay) status outputs. Each couple of the eight relays is assigned to the two output alarm lines of each NPT platform connected to the RAP-4B.
Four sets of changeover relay contacts, floating with respect to platform ground, that serve as rack (bay) alarm indication lines. The relays, identified as critical, major, minor, and warning, are activated by the corresponding alarm relays of NPT platforms.
Relay contact ratings are 72 V in open state and 1A in closed state. ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-43
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Connection Data
The following figure identifies the ALARM IN/OUT connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector. Figure 8-18: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin identification
Table 8-36: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin assignment Assignment
Pin
Designation
Function
Direction
Wire color
Platform 1
1
ALM_01NO
Output relay 1, normally open contact
Output
Black
2
ALM_01COM
Output relay 1, common contact
Output
Brown
3
ALM_01NC
Output relay 1, normally closed contact
Output
Red
4
ALM_02NO
Output relay 2, normally open contact
Output
Orange
5
ALM_02COM
Output relay 2, common contact
Output
Yellow
6
ALM_02NC
Output relay 2, normally closed contact
Output
Green
7
ALM_03NO
Output relay 3, normally open contact
Output
Blue
8
ALM_03COM
Output relay 3, common contact
Output
Violet
9
ALM_03NC
Output relay 3, normally closed contact
Output
Gray
10
ALM_04NO
Output relay 4, normally open contact
Output
White
11
ALM_04COM
Output relay 4, common contact
Output
Pink
12
ALM_04NC
Output relay 4, normally closed contact
Output
Light Green
13
ALM_05NO
Output relay 5, normally open contact
Output
Black/White
14
ALM_05COM
Output relay 5, common contact
Output
Brown/White
15
ALM_05NC
Output relay 5, normally closed contact
Output
Red/White
16
ALM_06NO
Output relay 6, normally open contact
Output
Orange/White
17
ALM_06COM
Output relay 6, common contact
Output
Green/White
18
ALM_06NC
Output relay 6, normally closed contact
Output
Blue/White
19
ALM_07NO
Output relay 7, normally open contact
Output
Violet/White
20
ALM_07COM
Output relay 7, common contact
Output
Red/Black
21
ALM_07NC
Output relay 7, normally closed contact
Output
Orange/Black
22
ALM_08NO
Output relay 8, normally open contact
Output
Yellow/Black
23
ALM_08COM
Output relay 8, common contact
Output
Green/Black
24
ALM_08NC
Output relay 8, normally closed contact
Output
Gray/Black
25
CRIT_NC
Critical alarm relay, normally closed contact
Output
Pink/Black
26
CRIT_NO
Critical alarm relay, normally open contact
Output
Pink/Green
Platform 2
Platform 3
Platform 4
All platforms
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-44
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Assignment
Platform 1
Platform 2
Platform 3
Platform 4
Connection Data
Pin
Designation
Function
Direction
Wire color
27
CRIT_COM
Critical alarm relay, common contact
Output
Pink/Red
28
MAJ_NC
Major alarm relay, normally closed contact
Output
Pink/Violet
29
MAJ_NO
Major alarm relay, normally open contact
Output
Light Blue
30
MAJ_COM
Major alarm relay, common contact
Output
Light Blue/Brown
31
MIN_NC
Minor alarm relay, normally closed contact
Output
Light Blue/Red
32
MIN_NO
Minor alarm relay, normally open contact
Output
Light Blue/Violet
33
MIN_COM
Minor alarm relay, common contact
Output
Light Blue/Black
34
WARN_COM
Warning alarm relay, common contact
Output
Gray/Green
35
ALMIN1
External alarm input 1
Input
Gray/Red
36
ALM_IN1
External alarm input 1
Input
Gray/Violet
37
ALMIN2
External alarm input 2
Input
Light Green/Black
38
ALM_IN2
External alarm input 2
Input
Violet/Black
39
ALMIN3
External alarm input 3
Input
Black/White dots
40
ALM_IN3
External alarm input 3
Input
Brown/White dots
41
ALMIN4
External alarm input 4
Input
Red/White dots
42
ALM_IN4
External alarm input 4
Input
Orange/White dots
43
ALMIN5
External alarm input 5
Input
Green/White dots
44
ALM_IN5
External alarm input 5
Input
Blue/White dots
45
ALMIN6
External alarm input 6
Input
Violet/White dots
46
ALM_IN6
External alarm input 6
Input
White/Black dots
47
ALMIN7
External alarm input 7
Input
Yellow/Black dots
48
ALM_IN7
External alarm input 7
Input
Green/Black dots
49
ALMIN8
External alarm input 8
Input
Light Blue/Black dots
50
ALM_IN8
External alarm input 8
Input
Pink/Black dots
51
ALMIN9
External alarm input 9
Input
Red/Black dots
52
ALM_IN9
External alarm input 9
Input
Orange/Black dots
53
ALMIN10
External alarm input 10
Input
Violet/Black dots
54
ALM_IN10
External alarm input 10
Input
Gray/Black dots
55
ALMIN11
External alarm input 11
Input
Orange/Red dots
56
ALM_IN11
External alarm input 11
Input
Yellow/Red dot
57
ALMIN12
External alarm input 12
Input
Green/Red dots
58
ALM_IN12
External alarm input 12
Input
Blue/Red dots
59
ALMIN13
External alarm input 13
Input
Violet/Red dots
60
ALM_IN13
External alarm input 13
Input
Gray/Red dots
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-45
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Assignment
All platforms
Connection Data
Pin
Designation
Function
Direction
Wire color
61
ALMIN14
External alarm input 14
Input
White/Red dots
62
ALM_IN14
External alarm input 14
Input
Pink/Red dots
63
ALMIN15
External alarm input 15
Input
Yellow/White
64
ALM_IN15
External alarm input 15
Input
Gray/White
65
ALMIN16
External alarm input 16
Input
Pink/White
66
ALM_IN16
External alarm input 16
Input
Brown/Black
67
WARN_NC
Warning alarm relay, normally closed contact
Output
Blue/Black
68
WARN_NO
Warning alarm relay, normally open contact
Output
Gray/White dots
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
8-46
9
Rack Installation
9.1
Installing Equipment Racks NOTE:
The instructions in this Appendix are relevant to the installation of all rack types. However, it is recommended that NPT-1020 platforms be installed in ETSI A racks.
9.1.1 Marking Rack Floor You need to mark out the rack floor plan before installing the rack.
Before you start: Before starting, find the prescribed location of each equipment rack. If you have not yet unpacked the rack and the associated mounting kits, do so now (see Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection).
To mark out the rack floor plan: 1.
For each rack, mark out the floor at the rack location(s) according to the floor plan template corresponding to the type of rack being installed:
ETSI A and ETSI B racks: Use template of diagram a. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors).
23” rack: Use template of diagram a. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for 19” and 23” racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors).
19” rack: Use template of diagram b. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for 19” and 23” racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors).
The marked locations are a helpful guide for positioning the racks. 2.
If the installation is located at a site with a floating (suspended) floor, also mark out all cable entry slots.
3.
For concrete or wooden floors, mark out all the points designated for equipment bolting.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
9-1
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Rack Installation
9.1.2 Installing the Rack on Concrete Floors To install the rack on a concrete floor: 1.
Drill the required mounting holes in accordance with the appropriate template. See diagram a. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks", and diagram a. or b. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for 19” and 23” racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors).
2.
Insert expansion shields into the holes.
3.
Position the rack over the mounting holes.
4.
Secure the rack to the floor with the bolts supplied in the mounting kit, in accordance with diagram b. or diagram c. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for 19” and 23” racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors).
9.1.3 Installing the Rack on Wooden Floors To install the rack on a wooden floor: 1.
Drill the required mounting holes in accordance with the appropriate template (see the following figures), using a 5 mm drill bit.
2.
Position the rack over the mounting holes.
3.
Secure the rack to the floor using the appropriate wood screws (see the following figures).
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
9-2
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Rack Installation
Figure 9-1: Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
9-3
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Rack Installation
Figure 9-2: Mounting diagrams for 19" and 23" racks
9.1.4 Installing the Rack on Floating (Suspended) Floors To install the rack on a floating (suspended) floor: 1.
Drill the required mounting holes in the suspended floor, in accordance with the appropriate template.
2.
Position the rack over the mounting holes.
3.
Secure the rack to the floor in accordance with diagram c. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors).
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
9-4
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
Rack Installation
9.1.5 Installing the Rack on Suspended Overhead Trays To install the rack on a suspended overhead tray: 1.
See the following figure and position the overhead rack securing brackets.
2.
Secure the rack to the overhead cabling trays, using the adjustable brackets. 2200 mm high racks may also be attached to the ceiling; 2600 mm racks are generally attached only to the ceiling. Figure 9-3: Rack mounting diagram for attachment to suspended overhead tray (2200 mm rack)
9.1.6 Installing Extendable Rails In high-density installations, it may be necessary to install the xRAP above the rack using the extendable installation rails available from ECI. In this case, attach the extendable installation rails to the top of the rack before installing the equipment.
9.1.7 Grounding the Rack Immediately after installing the rack, connect its grounding stud to the prescribed grounding point on the site grounding bar. Use a grounding lead that meets the requirements described in Rack Grounding Requirements.
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
9-5
NPT-1020 Installation and Maintenance Manual
9.2
Rack Installation
Installing 19" Racks
The NPT-1020 can also be installed in European 19” racks. This is accepted under the limitations that the rack’s general dimensions are according to the following figure. Any other European 19” rack must first be examined and approved by ECI. Figure 9-4: Example of an approved European 19” rack
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary
9-6
